Merge branch 'core/urgent' into core/futexes
Merge reason: this branch was on an pre -rc1 base, merge it up to -rc6+ to get the latest upstream fixes. Conflicts: kernel/futex.c Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This commit is contained in:
commit
521c180874
4392 changed files with 479022 additions and 148859 deletions
1
.gitignore
vendored
1
.gitignore
vendored
|
@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ include/linux/compile.h
|
|||
include/linux/version.h
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h
|
||||
include/linux/bounds.h
|
||||
include/generated
|
||||
|
||||
# stgit generated dirs
|
||||
patches-*
|
||||
|
|
71
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
Normal file
71
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
Contact: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
In kmemtrace-enabled kernels, the following files are created:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
|
||||
cpu<n> (0400) Per-CPU tracing data, see below. (binary)
|
||||
total_overruns (0400) Total number of bytes which were dropped from
|
||||
cpu<n> files because of full buffer condition,
|
||||
non-binary. (text)
|
||||
abi_version (0400) Kernel's kmemtrace ABI version. (text)
|
||||
|
||||
Each per-CPU file should be read according to the relay interface. That is,
|
||||
the reader should set affinity to that specific CPU and, as currently done by
|
||||
the userspace application (though there are other methods), use poll() with
|
||||
an infinite timeout before every read(). Otherwise, erroneous data may be
|
||||
read. The binary data has the following _core_ format:
|
||||
|
||||
Event ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of:
|
||||
0 - represents an allocation (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC)
|
||||
1 - represents a freeing of previously allocated memory
|
||||
(KMEMTRACE_EVENT_FREE)
|
||||
Type ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of:
|
||||
0 - this is a kmalloc() / kfree()
|
||||
1 - this is a kmem_cache_alloc() / kmem_cache_free()
|
||||
2 - this is a __get_free_pages() et al.
|
||||
Event size (2 bytes) Unsigned integer representing the
|
||||
size of this event. Used to extend
|
||||
kmemtrace. Discard the bytes you
|
||||
don't know about.
|
||||
Sequence number (4 bytes) Signed integer used to reorder data
|
||||
logged on SMP machines. Wraparound
|
||||
must be taken into account, although
|
||||
it is unlikely.
|
||||
Caller address (8 bytes) Return address to the caller.
|
||||
Pointer to mem (8 bytes) Pointer to target memory area. Can be
|
||||
NULL, but not all such calls might be
|
||||
recorded.
|
||||
|
||||
In case of KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC events, the next fields follow:
|
||||
|
||||
Requested bytes (8 bytes) Total number of requested bytes,
|
||||
unsigned, must not be zero.
|
||||
Allocated bytes (8 bytes) Total number of actually allocated
|
||||
bytes, unsigned, must not be lower
|
||||
than requested bytes.
|
||||
Requested flags (4 bytes) GFP flags supplied by the caller.
|
||||
Target CPU (4 bytes) Signed integer, valid for event id 1.
|
||||
If equal to -1, target CPU is the same
|
||||
as origin CPU, but the reverse might
|
||||
not be true.
|
||||
|
||||
The data is made available in the same endianness the machine has.
|
||||
|
||||
Other event ids and type ids may be defined and added. Other fields may be
|
||||
added by increasing event size, but see below for details.
|
||||
Every modification to the ABI, including new id definitions, are followed
|
||||
by bumping the ABI version by one.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding new data to the packet (features) is done at the end of the mandatory
|
||||
data:
|
||||
Feature size (2 byte)
|
||||
Feature ID (1 byte)
|
||||
Feature data (Feature size - 3 bytes)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
kmemtrace-user - git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||
What: /debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
|
@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ debugfs interface
|
|||
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
|
||||
these files in debugfs:
|
||||
|
||||
/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
|
||||
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
|
||||
info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
cat /debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
|
||||
cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -69,9 +69,13 @@ Description:
|
|||
gpe1F: 0 invalid
|
||||
gpe_all: 1192
|
||||
sci: 1194
|
||||
sci_not: 0
|
||||
|
||||
sci - The total number of times the ACPI SCI
|
||||
has claimed an interrupt.
|
||||
sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
|
||||
has been called and claimed an interrupt.
|
||||
|
||||
sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
|
||||
has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
|
||||
|
||||
gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
479
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
Normal file
479
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/kernel/slab
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the
|
||||
internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain
|
||||
files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and
|
||||
any cache it aliases, if any).
|
||||
Users: kernel memory tuning tools
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches
|
||||
have merged into this cache.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
|
||||
alignment in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code
|
||||
locations from which allocations for this cache were performed.
|
||||
The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is
|
||||
enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the fast path.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_from_partial file is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been full and it has been refilled
|
||||
by using a slab from the list of partially used slabs.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_refill file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times the per-cpu freelist was empty but there were objects
|
||||
available as the result of remote cpu frees.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times
|
||||
a new slab had to be allocated from the page allocator.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the slow path because of a
|
||||
refill or allocation from a partial or new slab.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects
|
||||
are from ZONE_DMA.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs
|
||||
are active and their NUMA locality.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush
|
||||
Date: April 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file cpuslab_flush is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a cache's cpu slabs have been flushed as the result of
|
||||
destroying or shrinking a cache, a cpu going offline, or as
|
||||
the result of forcing an allocation from a certain node.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
|
||||
constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a
|
||||
new slab is allocated.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_empty is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an empty cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_full is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a full cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_remote_frees is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been deactivated and contained free
|
||||
objects that were freed remotely.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_head is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
head of its node's partial list.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_tail is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
tail of its node's partial list.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether
|
||||
slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_add_partial is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an object has been freed in a full slab so that it had to
|
||||
added to its node's partial list.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of
|
||||
object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see
|
||||
Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the fast path because it was an
|
||||
object from the cpu slab.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_frozen file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed to a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu
|
||||
slab).
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_remove_partial is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times an object has been freed to a now-empty slab so
|
||||
that it had to be removed from its node's partial list.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times an
|
||||
empty slab has been freed back to the page allocator.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the slow path (i.e. to a full or
|
||||
partial slab).
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether
|
||||
objects are aligned on cachelines.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial
|
||||
Date: February 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall
|
||||
remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of
|
||||
allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing
|
||||
the shrink file.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's
|
||||
object size.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are
|
||||
active and from which nodes they are from.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many
|
||||
objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are
|
||||
from.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order
|
||||
specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are
|
||||
allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the
|
||||
number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
|
||||
because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
|
||||
possible depending on its characteristics.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file order_fallback is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an allocation of a new slab has not been possible at the
|
||||
cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible
|
||||
order.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The partial file is read-only and displays how long many
|
||||
partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned
|
||||
when a new slab is allocated.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects
|
||||
are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red
|
||||
zoned.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of
|
||||
times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial
|
||||
slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
|
||||
the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
|
||||
the entire system but can be expensive.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks
|
||||
should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free
|
||||
checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with
|
||||
caches that do not.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from
|
||||
a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is
|
||||
sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used
|
||||
first.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size
|
||||
with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs
|
||||
there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are
|
||||
from.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The store_user file specifies whether the location of
|
||||
allocation or free should be tracked for a cache.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total
|
||||
objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees
|
||||
should be traced.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its
|
||||
cache's objects and check the validity of metadata.
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ exactly why.
|
|||
The standard 32-bit addressing PCI device would do something like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_32BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_WARNING
|
||||
"mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
|
||||
goto ignore_this_device;
|
||||
|
@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA:
|
|||
|
||||
int using_dac;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_64BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
|
||||
using_dac = 1;
|
||||
} else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_32BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
} else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
|
||||
using_dac = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printk(KERN_WARNING
|
||||
|
@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ the case would look like this:
|
|||
|
||||
int using_dac, consistent_using_dac;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_64BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
|
||||
using_dac = 1;
|
||||
consistent_using_dac = 1;
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_64BIT_MASK);
|
||||
} else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_32BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64));
|
||||
} else if (!pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
|
||||
using_dac = 0;
|
||||
consistent_using_dac = 0;
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_32BIT_MASK);
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printk(KERN_WARNING
|
||||
"mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
|
||||
|
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ check the return value from pci_set_consistent_dma_mask().
|
|||
Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of
|
||||
address during PCI bus mastering you might do something like:
|
||||
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_24BIT_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_WARNING
|
||||
"mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n");
|
||||
goto ignore_this_device;
|
||||
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ most specific mask.
|
|||
|
||||
Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done:
|
||||
|
||||
#define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_32BIT_MASK
|
||||
#define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(32)
|
||||
#define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS 0x00ffffff
|
||||
|
||||
struct my_sound_card *card;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x)
|
|||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# The targets that may be used.
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs
|
||||
|
||||
BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
|
||||
xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
|
||||
|
@ -143,7 +143,8 @@ quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@
|
|||
$(call cmd,db2pdf)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/index.html
|
||||
index = index.html
|
||||
main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/$(index)
|
||||
build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx) && \
|
||||
echo '<h1>Linux Kernel HTML Documentation</h1>' >> $(main_idx) && \
|
||||
echo '<h2>Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)</h2>' >> $(main_idx) && \
|
||||
|
@ -213,11 +214,12 @@ silent_gen_xml = :
|
|||
dochelp:
|
||||
@echo ' Linux kernel internal documentation in different formats:'
|
||||
@echo ' htmldocs - HTML'
|
||||
@echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs'
|
||||
@echo ' mandocs - man pages'
|
||||
@echo ' pdfdocs - PDF'
|
||||
@echo ' psdocs - Postscript'
|
||||
@echo ' xmldocs - XML DocBook'
|
||||
@echo ' mandocs - man pages'
|
||||
@echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs'
|
||||
@echo ' cleandocs - clean all generated DocBook files'
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# Temporary files left by various tools
|
||||
|
@ -231,10 +233,14 @@ clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
|
|||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(C-procfs-example)
|
||||
$(C-procfs-example) $(index)
|
||||
|
||||
clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
|
||||
|
||||
cleandocs:
|
||||
$(Q)rm -f $(call objectify, $(clean-files))
|
||||
$(Q)rm -rf $(call objectify, $(clean-dirs))
|
||||
|
||||
# Declare the contents of the .PHONY variable as phony. We keep that
|
||||
# information in a variable se we can use it in if_changed and friends.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -190,16 +190,20 @@ X!Ekernel/module.c
|
|||
!Edrivers/pci/pci.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/pci-driver.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/remove.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/pci-acpi.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/search.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/msi.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/bus.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/access.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/irq.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/htirq.c
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
|
||||
X!Edrivers/pci/hotplug.c
|
||||
-->
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/probe.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/slot.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/rom.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/iov.c
|
||||
!Idrivers/pci/pci-sysfs.c
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1><title>PCI Hotplug Support Library</title>
|
||||
!Edrivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c
|
||||
|
@ -259,7 +263,7 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
|
|||
!Eblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-integrity.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blktrace.c
|
||||
!Ikernel/trace/blktrace.c
|
||||
!Iblock/genhd.c
|
||||
!Eblock/genhd.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
|
|||
seriously wrong while debugging, it will most often be the case
|
||||
that you want to enable gdb to be verbose about its target
|
||||
communications. You do this prior to issuing the <constant>target
|
||||
remote</constant> command by typing in: <constant>set remote debug 1</constant>
|
||||
remote</constant> command by typing in: <constant>set debug remote 1</constant>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter id="KGDBTestSuite">
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1137,8 +1137,8 @@
|
|||
if (err < 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
/* check PCI availability (28bit DMA) */
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_28BIT_MASK) < 0 ||
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_28BIT_MASK) < 0) {
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
|
||||
pci_disable_device(pci);
|
||||
return -ENXIO;
|
||||
|
@ -1252,8 +1252,8 @@
|
|||
err = pci_enable_device(pci);
|
||||
if (err < 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_28BIT_MASK) < 0 ||
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_28BIT_MASK) < 0) {
|
||||
if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
|
||||
pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
|
||||
pci_disable_device(pci);
|
||||
return -ENXIO;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1040,23 +1040,21 @@ Front merges are handled by the binary trees in AS and deadline schedulers.
|
|||
iii. Plugging the queue to batch requests in anticipation of opportunities for
|
||||
merge/sort optimizations
|
||||
|
||||
This is just the same as in 2.4 so far, though per-device unplugging
|
||||
support is anticipated for 2.5. Also with a priority-based i/o scheduler,
|
||||
such decisions could be based on request priorities.
|
||||
|
||||
Plugging is an approach that the current i/o scheduling algorithm resorts to so
|
||||
that it collects up enough requests in the queue to be able to take
|
||||
advantage of the sorting/merging logic in the elevator. If the
|
||||
queue is empty when a request comes in, then it plugs the request queue
|
||||
(sort of like plugging the bottom of a vessel to get fluid to build up)
|
||||
(sort of like plugging the bath tub of a vessel to get fluid to build up)
|
||||
till it fills up with a few more requests, before starting to service
|
||||
the requests. This provides an opportunity to merge/sort the requests before
|
||||
passing them down to the device. There are various conditions when the queue is
|
||||
unplugged (to open up the flow again), either through a scheduled task or
|
||||
could be on demand. For example wait_on_buffer sets the unplugging going
|
||||
(by running tq_disk) so the read gets satisfied soon. So in the read case,
|
||||
the queue gets explicitly unplugged as part of waiting for completion,
|
||||
in fact all queues get unplugged as a side-effect.
|
||||
through sync_buffer() running blk_run_address_space(mapping). Or the caller
|
||||
can do it explicity through blk_unplug(bdev). So in the read case,
|
||||
the queue gets explicitly unplugged as part of waiting for completion on that
|
||||
buffer. For page driven IO, the address space ->sync_page() takes care of
|
||||
doing the blk_run_address_space().
|
||||
|
||||
Aside:
|
||||
This is kind of controversial territory, as it's not clear if plugging is
|
||||
|
@ -1067,11 +1065,6 @@ Aside:
|
|||
multi-page bios being queued in one shot, we may not need to wait to merge
|
||||
a big request from the broken up pieces coming by.
|
||||
|
||||
Per-queue granularity unplugging (still a Todo) may help reduce some of the
|
||||
concerns with just a single tq_disk flush approach. Something like
|
||||
blk_kick_queue() to unplug a specific queue (right away ?)
|
||||
or optionally, all queues, is in the plan.
|
||||
|
||||
4.4 I/O contexts
|
||||
I/O contexts provide a dynamically allocated per process data area. They may
|
||||
be used in I/O schedulers, and in the block layer (could be used for IO statis,
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ cpqarray.txt
|
|||
- info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
|
||||
floppy.txt
|
||||
- notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.
|
||||
mflash.txt
|
||||
- info on mGine m(g)flash driver for linux.
|
||||
nbd.txt
|
||||
- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
|
||||
paride.txt
|
||||
|
|
84
Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt
Normal file
84
Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
|||
This document describes m[g]flash support in linux.
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
1. Overview
|
||||
2. Reserved area configuration
|
||||
3. Example of mflash platform driver registration
|
||||
|
||||
1. Overview
|
||||
|
||||
Mflash and gflash are embedded flash drive. The only difference is mflash is
|
||||
MCP(Multi Chip Package) device. These two device operate exactly same way.
|
||||
So the rest mflash repersents mflash and gflash altogether.
|
||||
|
||||
Internally, mflash has nand flash and other hardware logics and supports
|
||||
2 different operation (ATA, IO) modes. ATA mode doesn't need any new
|
||||
driver and currently works well under standard IDE subsystem. Actually it's
|
||||
one chip SSD. IO mode is ATA-like custom mode for the host that doesn't have
|
||||
IDE interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Followings are brief descriptions about IO mode.
|
||||
A. IO mode based on ATA protocol and uses some custom command. (read confirm,
|
||||
write confirm)
|
||||
B. IO mode uses SRAM bus interface.
|
||||
C. IO mode supports 4kB boot area, so host can boot from mflash.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Reserved area configuration
|
||||
If host boot from mflash, usually needs raw area for boot loader image. All of
|
||||
the mflash's block device operation will be taken this value as start offset.
|
||||
Note that boot loader's size of reserved area and kernel configuration value
|
||||
must be same.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Example of mflash platform driver registration
|
||||
Working mflash is very straight forward. Adding platform device stuff to board
|
||||
configuration file is all. Here is some pseudo example.
|
||||
|
||||
static struct mg_drv_data mflash_drv_data = {
|
||||
/* If you want to polling driver set to 1 */
|
||||
.use_polling = 0,
|
||||
/* device attribution */
|
||||
.dev_attr = MG_BOOT_DEV
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static struct resource mg_mflash_rsc[] = {
|
||||
/* Base address of mflash */
|
||||
[0] = {
|
||||
.start = 0x08000000,
|
||||
.end = 0x08000000 + SZ_64K - 1,
|
||||
.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* mflash interrupt pin */
|
||||
[1] = {
|
||||
.start = IRQ_GPIO(84),
|
||||
.end = IRQ_GPIO(84),
|
||||
.flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* mflash reset pin */
|
||||
[2] = {
|
||||
.start = 43,
|
||||
.end = 43,
|
||||
.name = MG_RST_PIN,
|
||||
.flags = IORESOURCE_IO
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* mflash reset-out pin
|
||||
* If you use mflash as storage device (i.e. other than MG_BOOT_DEV),
|
||||
* should assign this */
|
||||
[3] = {
|
||||
.start = 51,
|
||||
.end = 51,
|
||||
.name = MG_RSTOUT_PIN,
|
||||
.flags = IORESOURCE_IO
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device mflash_dev = {
|
||||
.name = MG_DEV_NAME,
|
||||
.id = -1,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = &mflash_drv_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
.num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(mg_mflash_rsc),
|
||||
.resource = mg_mflash_rsc
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
platform_device_register(&mflash_dev);
|
|
@ -30,3 +30,21 @@ The above steps create a new group g1 and move the current shell
|
|||
process (bash) into it. CPU time consumed by this bash and its children
|
||||
can be obtained from g1/cpuacct.usage and the same is accumulated in
|
||||
/cgroups/cpuacct.usage also.
|
||||
|
||||
cpuacct.stat file lists a few statistics which further divide the
|
||||
CPU time obtained by the cgroup into user and system times. Currently
|
||||
the following statistics are supported:
|
||||
|
||||
user: Time spent by tasks of the cgroup in user mode.
|
||||
system: Time spent by tasks of the cgroup in kernel mode.
|
||||
|
||||
user and system are in USER_HZ unit.
|
||||
|
||||
cpuacct controller uses percpu_counter interface to collect user and
|
||||
system times. This has two side effects:
|
||||
|
||||
- It is theoretically possible to see wrong values for user and system times.
|
||||
This is because percpu_counter_read() on 32bit systems isn't safe
|
||||
against concurrent writes.
|
||||
- It is possible to see slightly outdated values for user and system times
|
||||
due to the batch processing nature of percpu_counter.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -6,15 +6,14 @@ used here with the memory controller that is used in hardware.
|
|||
|
||||
Salient features
|
||||
|
||||
a. Enable control of both RSS (mapped) and Page Cache (unmapped) pages
|
||||
a. Enable control of Anonymous, Page Cache (mapped and unmapped) and
|
||||
Swap Cache memory pages.
|
||||
b. The infrastructure allows easy addition of other types of memory to control
|
||||
c. Provides *zero overhead* for non memory controller users
|
||||
d. Provides a double LRU: global memory pressure causes reclaim from the
|
||||
global LRU; a cgroup on hitting a limit, reclaims from the per
|
||||
cgroup LRU
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Swap Cache (unmapped) is not accounted now.
|
||||
|
||||
Benefits and Purpose of the memory controller
|
||||
|
||||
The memory controller isolates the memory behaviour of a group of tasks
|
||||
|
@ -290,34 +289,44 @@ will be charged as a new owner of it.
|
|||
moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
5.2 stat file
|
||||
memory.stat file includes following statistics (now)
|
||||
cache - # of pages from page-cache and shmem.
|
||||
rss - # of pages from anonymous memory.
|
||||
pgpgin - # of event of charging
|
||||
pgpgout - # of event of uncharging
|
||||
active_anon - # of pages on active lru of anon, shmem.
|
||||
inactive_anon - # of pages on active lru of anon, shmem
|
||||
active_file - # of pages on active lru of file-cache
|
||||
inactive_file - # of pages on inactive lru of file cache
|
||||
unevictable - # of pages cannot be reclaimed.(mlocked etc)
|
||||
|
||||
Below is depend on CONFIG_DEBUG_VM.
|
||||
inactive_ratio - VM internal parameter. (see mm/page_alloc.c)
|
||||
recent_rotated_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_rotated_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_scanned_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_scanned_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
memory.stat file includes following statistics
|
||||
|
||||
Memo:
|
||||
cache - # of bytes of page cache memory.
|
||||
rss - # of bytes of anonymous and swap cache memory.
|
||||
pgpgin - # of pages paged in (equivalent to # of charging events).
|
||||
pgpgout - # of pages paged out (equivalent to # of uncharging events).
|
||||
active_anon - # of bytes of anonymous and swap cache memory on active
|
||||
lru list.
|
||||
inactive_anon - # of bytes of anonymous memory and swap cache memory on
|
||||
inactive lru list.
|
||||
active_file - # of bytes of file-backed memory on active lru list.
|
||||
inactive_file - # of bytes of file-backed memory on inactive lru list.
|
||||
unevictable - # of bytes of memory that cannot be reclaimed (mlocked etc).
|
||||
|
||||
The following additional stats are dependent on CONFIG_DEBUG_VM.
|
||||
|
||||
inactive_ratio - VM internal parameter. (see mm/page_alloc.c)
|
||||
recent_rotated_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_rotated_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_scanned_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
recent_scanned_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||
|
||||
Memo:
|
||||
recent_rotated means recent frequency of lru rotation.
|
||||
recent_scanned means recent # of scans to lru.
|
||||
showing for better debug please see the code for meanings.
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
Only anonymous and swap cache memory is listed as part of 'rss' stat.
|
||||
This should not be confused with the true 'resident set size' or the
|
||||
amount of physical memory used by the cgroup. Per-cgroup rss
|
||||
accounting is not done yet.
|
||||
|
||||
5.3 swappiness
|
||||
Similar to /proc/sys/vm/swappiness, but affecting a hierarchy of groups only.
|
||||
|
||||
Following cgroup's swapiness can't be changed.
|
||||
Following cgroups' swapiness can't be changed.
|
||||
- root cgroup (uses /proc/sys/vm/swappiness).
|
||||
- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and it has child cgroup.
|
||||
- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and not the root of hierarchy.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -47,13 +47,18 @@ to work with it.
|
|||
|
||||
2. Basic accounting routines
|
||||
|
||||
a. void res_counter_init(struct res_counter *rc)
|
||||
a. void res_counter_init(struct res_counter *rc,
|
||||
struct res_counter *rc_parent)
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the resource counter. As usual, should be the first
|
||||
routine called for a new counter.
|
||||
|
||||
b. int res_counter_charge[_locked]
|
||||
(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
|
||||
The struct res_counter *parent can be used to define a hierarchical
|
||||
child -> parent relationship directly in the res_counter structure,
|
||||
NULL can be used to define no relationship.
|
||||
|
||||
c. int res_counter_charge(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val,
|
||||
struct res_counter **limit_fail_at)
|
||||
|
||||
When a resource is about to be allocated it has to be accounted
|
||||
with the appropriate resource counter (controller should determine
|
||||
|
@ -67,15 +72,25 @@ to work with it.
|
|||
* if the charging is performed first, then it should be uncharged
|
||||
on error path (if the one is called).
|
||||
|
||||
c. void res_counter_uncharge[_locked]
|
||||
If the charging fails and a hierarchical dependency exists, the
|
||||
limit_fail_at parameter is set to the particular res_counter element
|
||||
where the charging failed.
|
||||
|
||||
d. int res_counter_charge_locked
|
||||
(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
|
||||
|
||||
The same as res_counter_charge(), but it must not acquire/release the
|
||||
res_counter->lock internally (it must be called with res_counter->lock
|
||||
held).
|
||||
|
||||
e. void res_counter_uncharge[_locked]
|
||||
(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
|
||||
|
||||
When a resource is released (freed) it should be de-accounted
|
||||
from the resource counter it was accounted to. This is called
|
||||
"uncharging".
|
||||
|
||||
The _locked routines imply that the res_counter->lock is taken.
|
||||
|
||||
The _locked routines imply that the res_counter->lock is taken.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Other accounting routines
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Maintained by Alan Cox <device@lanana.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Last revised: 29 November 2006
|
||||
Last revised: 6th April 2009
|
||||
|
||||
This list is the Linux Device List, the official registry of allocated
|
||||
device numbers and /dev directory nodes for the Linux operating
|
||||
|
@ -2797,6 +2797,10 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
|
|||
206 = /dev/ttySC1 SC26xx serial port 1
|
||||
207 = /dev/ttySC2 SC26xx serial port 2
|
||||
208 = /dev/ttySC3 SC26xx serial port 3
|
||||
209 = /dev/ttyMAX0 MAX3100 serial port 0
|
||||
210 = /dev/ttyMAX1 MAX3100 serial port 1
|
||||
211 = /dev/ttyMAX2 MAX3100 serial port 2
|
||||
212 = /dev/ttyMAX3 MAX3100 serial port 3
|
||||
|
||||
205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
|
||||
0 = /dev/culu0 Callout device for ttyLU0
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -169,3 +169,62 @@ three different ways to find such a match:
|
|||
be probed later if another device registers. (Which is OK, since
|
||||
this interface is only for use with non-hotpluggable devices.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Early Platform Devices and Drivers
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The early platform interfaces provide platform data to platform device
|
||||
drivers early on during the system boot. The code is built on top of the
|
||||
early_param() command line parsing and can be executed very early on.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: "earlyprintk" class early serial console in 6 steps
|
||||
|
||||
1. Registering early platform device data
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The architecture code registers platform device data using the function
|
||||
early_platform_add_devices(). In the case of early serial console this
|
||||
should be hardware configuration for the serial port. Devices registered
|
||||
at this point will later on be matched against early platform drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Parsing kernel command line
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The architecture code calls parse_early_param() to parse the kernel
|
||||
command line. This will execute all matching early_param() callbacks.
|
||||
User specified early platform devices will be registered at this point.
|
||||
For the early serial console case the user can specify port on the
|
||||
kernel command line as "earlyprintk=serial.0" where "earlyprintk" is
|
||||
the class string, "serial" is the name of the platfrom driver and
|
||||
0 is the platform device id. If the id is -1 then the dot and the
|
||||
id can be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Installing early platform drivers belonging to a certain class
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The architecture code may optionally force registration of all early
|
||||
platform drivers belonging to a certain class using the function
|
||||
early_platform_driver_register_all(). User specified devices from
|
||||
step 2 have priority over these. This step is omitted by the serial
|
||||
driver example since the early serial driver code should be disabled
|
||||
unless the user has specified port on the kernel command line.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Early platform driver registration
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Compiled-in platform drivers making use of early_platform_init() are
|
||||
automatically registered during step 2 or 3. The serial driver example
|
||||
should use early_platform_init("earlyprintk", &platform_driver).
|
||||
|
||||
5. Probing of early platform drivers belonging to a certain class
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The architecture code calls early_platform_driver_probe() to match
|
||||
registered early platform devices associated with a certain class with
|
||||
registered early platform drivers. Matched devices will get probed().
|
||||
This step can be executed at any point during the early boot. As soon
|
||||
as possible may be good for the serial port case.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Inside the early platform driver probe()
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The driver code needs to take special care during early boot, especially
|
||||
when it comes to memory allocation and interrupt registration. The code
|
||||
in the probe() function can use is_early_platform_device() to check if
|
||||
it is called at early platform device or at the regular platform device
|
||||
time. The early serial driver performs register_console() at this point.
|
||||
|
||||
For further information, see <linux/platform_device.h>.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -59,7 +59,8 @@ Accepted options:
|
|||
ypan Enable display panning using the VESA protected mode
|
||||
interface. The visible screen is just a window of the
|
||||
video memory, console scrolling is done by changing the
|
||||
start of the window. Available on x86 only.
|
||||
start of the window. This option is available on x86
|
||||
only and is the default option on that architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
ywrap Same as ypan, but assumes your gfx board can wrap-around
|
||||
the video memory (i.e. starts reading from top if it
|
||||
|
@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ ywrap Same as ypan, but assumes your gfx board can wrap-around
|
|||
Available on x86 only.
|
||||
|
||||
redraw Scroll by redrawing the affected part of the screen, this
|
||||
is the safe (and slow) default.
|
||||
is the default on non-x86.
|
||||
|
||||
(If you're using uvesafb as a module, the above three options are
|
||||
used a parameter of the scroll option, e.g. scroll=ypan.)
|
||||
|
@ -182,7 +183,7 @@ from the Video BIOS if you set pixclock to 0 in fb_var_screeninfo.
|
|||
|
||||
--
|
||||
Michal Januszewski <spock@gentoo.org>
|
||||
Last updated: 2007-06-16
|
||||
Last updated: 2009-03-30
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation of the uvesafb options is loosely based on vesafb.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -354,7 +354,8 @@ Who: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
|
|||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: i2c_attach_client(), i2c_detach_client(), i2c_driver->detach_client()
|
||||
What: i2c_attach_client(), i2c_detach_client(), i2c_driver->detach_client(),
|
||||
i2c_adapter->client_register(), i2c_adapter->client_unregister
|
||||
When: 2.6.30
|
||||
Check: i2c_attach_client i2c_detach_client
|
||||
Why: Deprecated by the new (standard) device driver binding model. Use
|
||||
|
@ -427,3 +428,12 @@ Why: In 2.6.27, the semantics of /sys/bus/pci/slots was redefined to
|
|||
After a reasonable transition period, we will remove the legacy
|
||||
fakephp interface.
|
||||
Who: Alex Chiang <achiang@hp.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: i2c-voodoo3 driver
|
||||
When: October 2009
|
||||
Why: Superseded by tdfxfb. I2C/DDC support used to live in a separate
|
||||
driver but this caused driver conflicts.
|
||||
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||
Krzysztof Helt <krzysztof.h1@wp.pl>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ ncpfs.txt
|
|||
- info on Novell Netware(tm) filesystem using NCP protocol.
|
||||
nfsroot.txt
|
||||
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
|
||||
nilfs2.txt
|
||||
- info and mount options for the NILFS2 filesystem.
|
||||
ntfs.txt
|
||||
- info and mount options for the NTFS filesystem (Windows NT).
|
||||
ocfs2.txt
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -512,16 +512,24 @@ locking rules:
|
|||
BKL mmap_sem PageLocked(page)
|
||||
open: no yes
|
||||
close: no yes
|
||||
fault: no yes
|
||||
page_mkwrite: no yes no
|
||||
fault: no yes can return with page locked
|
||||
page_mkwrite: no yes can return with page locked
|
||||
access: no yes
|
||||
|
||||
->page_mkwrite() is called when a previously read-only page is
|
||||
about to become writeable. The file system is responsible for
|
||||
protecting against truncate races. Once appropriate action has been
|
||||
taking to lock out truncate, the page range should be verified to be
|
||||
within i_size. The page mapping should also be checked that it is not
|
||||
NULL.
|
||||
->fault() is called when a previously not present pte is about
|
||||
to be faulted in. The filesystem must find and return the page associated
|
||||
with the passed in "pgoff" in the vm_fault structure. If it is possible that
|
||||
the page may be truncated and/or invalidated, then the filesystem must lock
|
||||
the page, then ensure it is not already truncated (the page lock will block
|
||||
subsequent truncate), and then return with VM_FAULT_LOCKED, and the page
|
||||
locked. The VM will unlock the page.
|
||||
|
||||
->page_mkwrite() is called when a previously read-only pte is
|
||||
about to become writeable. The filesystem again must ensure that there are
|
||||
no truncate/invalidate races, and then return with the page locked. If
|
||||
the page has been truncated, the filesystem should not look up a new page
|
||||
like the ->fault() handler, but simply return with VM_FAULT_NOPAGE, which
|
||||
will cause the VM to retry the fault.
|
||||
|
||||
->access() is called when get_user_pages() fails in
|
||||
acces_process_vm(), typically used to debug a process through
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ A NOTE ON SECURITY
|
|||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
CacheFiles makes use of the split security in the task_struct. It allocates
|
||||
its own task_security structure, and redirects current->act_as to point to it
|
||||
its own task_security structure, and redirects current->cred to point to it
|
||||
when it acts on behalf of another process, in that process's context.
|
||||
|
||||
The reason it does this is that it calls vfs_mkdir() and suchlike rather than
|
||||
|
@ -429,9 +429,9 @@ This means it may lose signals or ptrace events for example, and affects what
|
|||
the process looks like in /proc.
|
||||
|
||||
So CacheFiles makes use of a logical split in the security between the
|
||||
objective security (task->sec) and the subjective security (task->act_as). The
|
||||
objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and is
|
||||
never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a
|
||||
objective security (task->real_cred) and the subjective security (task->cred).
|
||||
The objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and
|
||||
is never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a
|
||||
process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for
|
||||
example).
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
159
Documentation/filesystems/knfsd-stats.txt
Normal file
159
Documentation/filesystems/knfsd-stats.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Kernel NFS Server Statistics
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
This document describes the format and semantics of the statistics
|
||||
which the kernel NFS server makes available to userspace. These
|
||||
statistics are available in several text form pseudo files, each of
|
||||
which is described separately below.
|
||||
|
||||
In most cases you don't need to know these formats, as the nfsstat(8)
|
||||
program from the nfs-utils distribution provides a helpful command-line
|
||||
interface for extracting and printing them.
|
||||
|
||||
All the files described here are formatted as a sequence of text lines,
|
||||
separated by newline '\n' characters. Lines beginning with a hash
|
||||
'#' character are comments intended for humans and should be ignored
|
||||
by parsing routines. All other lines contain a sequence of fields
|
||||
separated by whitespace.
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/fs/nfsd/pool_stats
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This file is available in kernels from 2.6.30 onwards, if the
|
||||
/proc/fs/nfsd filesystem is mounted (it almost always should be).
|
||||
|
||||
The first line is a comment which describes the fields present in
|
||||
all the other lines. The other lines present the following data as
|
||||
a sequence of unsigned decimal numeric fields. One line is shown
|
||||
for each NFS thread pool.
|
||||
|
||||
All counters are 64 bits wide and wrap naturally. There is no way
|
||||
to zero these counters, instead applications should do their own
|
||||
rate conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
pool
|
||||
The id number of the NFS thread pool to which this line applies.
|
||||
This number does not change.
|
||||
|
||||
Thread pool ids are a contiguous set of small integers starting
|
||||
at zero. The maximum value depends on the thread pool mode, but
|
||||
currently cannot be larger than the number of CPUs in the system.
|
||||
Note that in the default case there will be a single thread pool
|
||||
which contains all the nfsd threads and all the CPUs in the system,
|
||||
and thus this file will have a single line with a pool id of "0".
|
||||
|
||||
packets-arrived
|
||||
Counts how many NFS packets have arrived. More precisely, this
|
||||
is the number of times that the network stack has notified the
|
||||
sunrpc server layer that new data may be available on a transport
|
||||
(e.g. an NFS or UDP socket or an NFS/RDMA endpoint).
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on the NFS workload patterns and various network stack
|
||||
effects (such as Large Receive Offload) which can combine packets
|
||||
on the wire, this may be either more or less than the number
|
||||
of NFS calls received (which statistic is available elsewhere).
|
||||
However this is a more accurate and less workload-dependent measure
|
||||
of how much CPU load is being placed on the sunrpc server layer
|
||||
due to NFS network traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
sockets-enqueued
|
||||
Counts how many times an NFS transport is enqueued to wait for
|
||||
an nfsd thread to service it, i.e. no nfsd thread was considered
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
The circumstance this statistic tracks indicates that there was NFS
|
||||
network-facing work to be done but it couldn't be done immediately,
|
||||
thus introducing a small delay in servicing NFS calls. The ideal
|
||||
rate of change for this counter is zero; significantly non-zero
|
||||
values may indicate a performance limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
This can happen either because there are too few nfsd threads in the
|
||||
thread pool for the NFS workload (the workload is thread-limited),
|
||||
or because the NFS workload needs more CPU time than is available in
|
||||
the thread pool (the workload is CPU-limited). In the former case,
|
||||
configuring more nfsd threads will probably improve the performance
|
||||
of the NFS workload. In the latter case, the sunrpc server layer is
|
||||
already choosing not to wake idle nfsd threads because there are too
|
||||
many nfsd threads which want to run but cannot, so configuring more
|
||||
nfsd threads will make no difference whatsoever. The overloads-avoided
|
||||
statistic (see below) can be used to distinguish these cases.
|
||||
|
||||
threads-woken
|
||||
Counts how many times an idle nfsd thread is woken to try to
|
||||
receive some data from an NFS transport.
|
||||
|
||||
This statistic tracks the circumstance where incoming
|
||||
network-facing NFS work is being handled quickly, which is a good
|
||||
thing. The ideal rate of change for this counter will be close
|
||||
to but less than the rate of change of the packets-arrived counter.
|
||||
|
||||
overloads-avoided
|
||||
Counts how many times the sunrpc server layer chose not to wake an
|
||||
nfsd thread, despite the presence of idle nfsd threads, because
|
||||
too many nfsd threads had been recently woken but could not get
|
||||
enough CPU time to actually run.
|
||||
|
||||
This statistic counts a circumstance where the sunrpc layer
|
||||
heuristically avoids overloading the CPU scheduler with too many
|
||||
runnable nfsd threads. The ideal rate of change for this counter
|
||||
is zero. Significant non-zero values indicate that the workload
|
||||
is CPU limited. Usually this is associated with heavy CPU usage
|
||||
on all the CPUs in the nfsd thread pool.
|
||||
|
||||
If a sustained large overloads-avoided rate is detected on a pool,
|
||||
the top(1) utility should be used to check for the following
|
||||
pattern of CPU usage on all the CPUs associated with the given
|
||||
nfsd thread pool.
|
||||
|
||||
- %us ~= 0 (as you're *NOT* running applications on your NFS server)
|
||||
|
||||
- %wa ~= 0
|
||||
|
||||
- %id ~= 0
|
||||
|
||||
- %sy + %hi + %si ~= 100
|
||||
|
||||
If this pattern is seen, configuring more nfsd threads will *not*
|
||||
improve the performance of the workload. If this patten is not
|
||||
seen, then something more subtle is wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
threads-timedout
|
||||
Counts how many times an nfsd thread triggered an idle timeout,
|
||||
i.e. was not woken to handle any incoming network packets for
|
||||
some time.
|
||||
|
||||
This statistic counts a circumstance where there are more nfsd
|
||||
threads configured than can be used by the NFS workload. This is
|
||||
a clue that the number of nfsd threads can be reduced without
|
||||
affecting performance. Unfortunately, it's only a clue and not
|
||||
a strong indication, for a couple of reasons:
|
||||
|
||||
- Currently the rate at which the counter is incremented is quite
|
||||
slow; the idle timeout is 60 minutes. Unless the NFS workload
|
||||
remains constant for hours at a time, this counter is unlikely
|
||||
to be providing information that is still useful.
|
||||
|
||||
- It is usually a wise policy to provide some slack,
|
||||
i.e. configure a few more nfsds than are currently needed,
|
||||
to allow for future spikes in load.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note that incoming packets on NFS transports will be dealt with in
|
||||
one of three ways. An nfsd thread can be woken (threads-woken counts
|
||||
this case), or the transport can be enqueued for later attention
|
||||
(sockets-enqueued counts this case), or the packet can be temporarily
|
||||
deferred because the transport is currently being used by an nfsd
|
||||
thread. This last case is not very interesting and is not explicitly
|
||||
counted, but can be inferred from the other counters thus:
|
||||
|
||||
packets-deferred = packets-arrived - ( sockets-enqueued + threads-woken )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
More
|
||||
----
|
||||
Descriptions of the other statistics file should go here.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
|
||||
26 Mar 2009
|
161
Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt
Normal file
161
Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
|||
NFSv4.1 Server Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
Server support for minorversion 1 can be controlled using the
|
||||
/proc/fs/nfsd/versions control file. The string output returned
|
||||
by reading this file will contain either "+4.1" or "-4.1"
|
||||
correspondingly.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, server support for minorversion 1 is disabled by default.
|
||||
It can be enabled at run time by writing the string "+4.1" to
|
||||
the /proc/fs/nfsd/versions control file. Note that to write this
|
||||
control file, the nfsd service must be taken down. Use your user-mode
|
||||
nfs-utils to set this up; see rpc.nfsd(8)
|
||||
|
||||
The NFSv4 minorversion 1 (NFSv4.1) implementation in nfsd is based
|
||||
on the latest NFSv4.1 Internet Draft:
|
||||
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-29
|
||||
|
||||
From the many new features in NFSv4.1 the current implementation
|
||||
focuses on the mandatory-to-implement NFSv4.1 Sessions, providing
|
||||
"exactly once" semantics and better control and throttling of the
|
||||
resources allocated for each client.
|
||||
|
||||
Other NFSv4.1 features, Parallel NFS operations in particular,
|
||||
are still under development out of tree.
|
||||
See http://wiki.linux-nfs.org/wiki/index.php/PNFS_prototype_design
|
||||
for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
The table below, taken from the NFSv4.1 document, lists
|
||||
the operations that are mandatory to implement (REQ), optional
|
||||
(OPT), and NFSv4.0 operations that are required not to implement (MNI)
|
||||
in minor version 1. The first column indicates the operations that
|
||||
are not supported yet by the linux server implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
The OPTIONAL features identified and their abbreviations are as follows:
|
||||
pNFS Parallel NFS
|
||||
FDELG File Delegations
|
||||
DDELG Directory Delegations
|
||||
|
||||
The following abbreviations indicate the linux server implementation status.
|
||||
I Implemented NFSv4.1 operations.
|
||||
NS Not Supported.
|
||||
NS* unimplemented optional feature.
|
||||
P pNFS features implemented out of tree.
|
||||
PNS pNFS features that are not supported yet (out of tree).
|
||||
|
||||
Operations
|
||||
|
||||
+----------------------+------------+--------------+----------------+
|
||||
| Operation | REQ, REC, | Feature | Definition |
|
||||
| | OPT, or | (REQ, REC, | |
|
||||
| | MNI | or OPT) | |
|
||||
+----------------------+------------+--------------+----------------+
|
||||
| ACCESS | REQ | | Section 18.1 |
|
||||
NS | BACKCHANNEL_CTL | REQ | | Section 18.33 |
|
||||
NS | BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION | REQ | | Section 18.34 |
|
||||
| CLOSE | REQ | | Section 18.2 |
|
||||
| COMMIT | REQ | | Section 18.3 |
|
||||
| CREATE | REQ | | Section 18.4 |
|
||||
I | CREATE_SESSION | REQ | | Section 18.36 |
|
||||
NS*| DELEGPURGE | OPT | FDELG (REQ) | Section 18.5 |
|
||||
| DELEGRETURN | OPT | FDELG, | Section 18.6 |
|
||||
| | | DDELG, pNFS | |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
NS | DESTROY_CLIENTID | REQ | | Section 18.50 |
|
||||
I | DESTROY_SESSION | REQ | | Section 18.37 |
|
||||
I | EXCHANGE_ID | REQ | | Section 18.35 |
|
||||
NS | FREE_STATEID | REQ | | Section 18.38 |
|
||||
| GETATTR | REQ | | Section 18.7 |
|
||||
P | GETDEVICEINFO | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.40 |
|
||||
P | GETDEVICELIST | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 18.41 |
|
||||
| GETFH | REQ | | Section 18.8 |
|
||||
NS*| GET_DIR_DELEGATION | OPT | DDELG (REQ) | Section 18.39 |
|
||||
P | LAYOUTCOMMIT | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.42 |
|
||||
P | LAYOUTGET | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.43 |
|
||||
P | LAYOUTRETURN | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.44 |
|
||||
| LINK | OPT | | Section 18.9 |
|
||||
| LOCK | REQ | | Section 18.10 |
|
||||
| LOCKT | REQ | | Section 18.11 |
|
||||
| LOCKU | REQ | | Section 18.12 |
|
||||
| LOOKUP | REQ | | Section 18.13 |
|
||||
| LOOKUPP | REQ | | Section 18.14 |
|
||||
| NVERIFY | REQ | | Section 18.15 |
|
||||
| OPEN | REQ | | Section 18.16 |
|
||||
NS*| OPENATTR | OPT | | Section 18.17 |
|
||||
| OPEN_CONFIRM | MNI | | N/A |
|
||||
| OPEN_DOWNGRADE | REQ | | Section 18.18 |
|
||||
| PUTFH | REQ | | Section 18.19 |
|
||||
| PUTPUBFH | REQ | | Section 18.20 |
|
||||
| PUTROOTFH | REQ | | Section 18.21 |
|
||||
| READ | REQ | | Section 18.22 |
|
||||
| READDIR | REQ | | Section 18.23 |
|
||||
| READLINK | OPT | | Section 18.24 |
|
||||
NS | RECLAIM_COMPLETE | REQ | | Section 18.51 |
|
||||
| RELEASE_LOCKOWNER | MNI | | N/A |
|
||||
| REMOVE | REQ | | Section 18.25 |
|
||||
| RENAME | REQ | | Section 18.26 |
|
||||
| RENEW | MNI | | N/A |
|
||||
| RESTOREFH | REQ | | Section 18.27 |
|
||||
| SAVEFH | REQ | | Section 18.28 |
|
||||
| SECINFO | REQ | | Section 18.29 |
|
||||
NS | SECINFO_NO_NAME | REC | pNFS files | Section 18.45, |
|
||||
| | | layout (REQ) | Section 13.12 |
|
||||
I | SEQUENCE | REQ | | Section 18.46 |
|
||||
| SETATTR | REQ | | Section 18.30 |
|
||||
| SETCLIENTID | MNI | | N/A |
|
||||
| SETCLIENTID_CONFIRM | MNI | | N/A |
|
||||
NS | SET_SSV | REQ | | Section 18.47 |
|
||||
NS | TEST_STATEID | REQ | | Section 18.48 |
|
||||
| VERIFY | REQ | | Section 18.31 |
|
||||
NS*| WANT_DELEGATION | OPT | FDELG (OPT) | Section 18.49 |
|
||||
| WRITE | REQ | | Section 18.32 |
|
||||
|
||||
Callback Operations
|
||||
|
||||
+-------------------------+-----------+-------------+---------------+
|
||||
| Operation | REQ, REC, | Feature | Definition |
|
||||
| | OPT, or | (REQ, REC, | |
|
||||
| | MNI | or OPT) | |
|
||||
+-------------------------+-----------+-------------+---------------+
|
||||
| CB_GETATTR | OPT | FDELG (REQ) | Section 20.1 |
|
||||
P | CB_LAYOUTRECALL | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 20.3 |
|
||||
NS*| CB_NOTIFY | OPT | DDELG (REQ) | Section 20.4 |
|
||||
P | CB_NOTIFY_DEVICEID | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 20.12 |
|
||||
NS*| CB_NOTIFY_LOCK | OPT | | Section 20.11 |
|
||||
NS*| CB_PUSH_DELEG | OPT | FDELG (OPT) | Section 20.5 |
|
||||
| CB_RECALL | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.2 |
|
||||
| | | DDELG, pNFS | |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
NS*| CB_RECALL_ANY | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.6 |
|
||||
| | | DDELG, pNFS | |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
NS | CB_RECALL_SLOT | REQ | | Section 20.8 |
|
||||
NS*| CB_RECALLABLE_OBJ_AVAIL | OPT | DDELG, pNFS | Section 20.7 |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
I | CB_SEQUENCE | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.9 |
|
||||
| | | DDELG, pNFS | |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
NS*| CB_WANTS_CANCELLED | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.10 |
|
||||
| | | DDELG, pNFS | |
|
||||
| | | (REQ) | |
|
||||
+-------------------------+-----------+-------------+---------------+
|
||||
|
||||
Implementation notes:
|
||||
|
||||
EXCHANGE_ID:
|
||||
* only SP4_NONE state protection supported
|
||||
* implementation ids are ignored
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SESSION:
|
||||
* backchannel attributes are ignored
|
||||
* backchannel security parameters are ignored
|
||||
|
||||
SEQUENCE:
|
||||
* no support for dynamic slot table renegotiation (optional)
|
||||
|
||||
nfsv4.1 COMPOUND rules:
|
||||
The following cases aren't supported yet:
|
||||
* Enforcing of NFS4ERR_NOT_ONLY_OP for: BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION, CREATE_SESSION,
|
||||
DESTROY_CLIENTID, DESTROY_SESSION, EXCHANGE_ID.
|
||||
* DESTROY_SESSION MUST be the final operation in the COMPOUND request.
|
||||
|
200
Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
Normal file
200
Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
|||
NILFS2
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 is a log-structured file system (LFS) supporting continuous
|
||||
snapshotting. In addition to versioning capability of the entire file
|
||||
system, users can even restore files mistakenly overwritten or
|
||||
destroyed just a few seconds ago. Since NILFS2 can keep consistency
|
||||
like conventional LFS, it achieves quick recovery after system
|
||||
crashes.
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 creates a number of checkpoints every few seconds or per
|
||||
synchronous write basis (unless there is no change). Users can select
|
||||
significant versions among continuously created checkpoints, and can
|
||||
change them into snapshots which will be preserved until they are
|
||||
changed back to checkpoints.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no limit on the number of snapshots until the volume gets
|
||||
full. Each snapshot is mountable as a read-only file system
|
||||
concurrently with its writable mount, and this feature is convenient
|
||||
for online backup.
|
||||
|
||||
The userland tools are included in nilfs-utils package, which is
|
||||
available from the following download page. At least "mkfs.nilfs2",
|
||||
"mount.nilfs2", "umount.nilfs2", and "nilfs_cleanerd" (so called
|
||||
cleaner or garbage collector) are required. Details on the tools are
|
||||
described in the man pages included in the package.
|
||||
|
||||
Project web page: http://www.nilfs.org/en/
|
||||
Download page: http://www.nilfs.org/en/download.html
|
||||
Git tree web page: http://www.nilfs.org/git/
|
||||
NILFS mailing lists: http://www.nilfs.org/mailman/listinfo/users
|
||||
|
||||
Caveats
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
Features which NILFS2 does not support yet:
|
||||
|
||||
- atime
|
||||
- extended attributes
|
||||
- POSIX ACLs
|
||||
- quotas
|
||||
- writable snapshots
|
||||
- remote backup (CDP)
|
||||
- data integrity
|
||||
- defragmentation
|
||||
|
||||
Mount options
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 supports the following mount options:
|
||||
(*) == default
|
||||
|
||||
barrier=on(*) This enables/disables barriers. barrier=off disables
|
||||
it, barrier=on enables it.
|
||||
errors=continue(*) Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||
errors=remount-ro Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||
cp=n Specify the checkpoint-number of the snapshot to be
|
||||
mounted. Checkpoints and snapshots are listed by lscp
|
||||
user command. Only the checkpoints marked as snapshot
|
||||
are mountable with this option. Snapshot is read-only,
|
||||
so a read-only mount option must be specified together.
|
||||
order=relaxed(*) Apply relaxed order semantics that allows modified data
|
||||
blocks to be written to disk without making a
|
||||
checkpoint if no metadata update is going. This mode
|
||||
is equivalent to the ordered data mode of the ext3
|
||||
filesystem except for the updates on data blocks still
|
||||
conserve atomicity. This will improve synchronous
|
||||
write performance for overwriting.
|
||||
order=strict Apply strict in-order semantics that preserves sequence
|
||||
of all file operations including overwriting of data
|
||||
blocks. That means, it is guaranteed that no
|
||||
overtaking of events occurs in the recovered file
|
||||
system after a crash.
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 usage
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
To use nilfs2 as a local file system, simply:
|
||||
|
||||
# mkfs -t nilfs2 /dev/block_device
|
||||
# mount -t nilfs2 /dev/block_device /dir
|
||||
|
||||
This will also invoke the cleaner through the mount helper program
|
||||
(mount.nilfs2).
|
||||
|
||||
Checkpoints and snapshots are managed by the following commands.
|
||||
Their manpages are included in the nilfs-utils package above.
|
||||
|
||||
lscp list checkpoints or snapshots.
|
||||
mkcp make a checkpoint or a snapshot.
|
||||
chcp change an existing checkpoint to a snapshot or vice versa.
|
||||
rmcp invalidate specified checkpoint(s).
|
||||
|
||||
To mount a snapshot,
|
||||
|
||||
# mount -t nilfs2 -r -o cp=<cno> /dev/block_device /snap_dir
|
||||
|
||||
where <cno> is the checkpoint number of the snapshot.
|
||||
|
||||
To unmount the NILFS2 mount point or snapshot, simply:
|
||||
|
||||
# umount /dir
|
||||
|
||||
Then, the cleaner daemon is automatically shut down by the umount
|
||||
helper program (umount.nilfs2).
|
||||
|
||||
Disk format
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
A nilfs2 volume is equally divided into a number of segments except
|
||||
for the super block (SB) and segment #0. A segment is the container
|
||||
of logs. Each log is composed of summary information blocks, payload
|
||||
blocks, and an optional super root block (SR):
|
||||
|
||||
______________________________________________________
|
||||
| |SB| | Segment | Segment | Segment | ... | Segment | |
|
||||
|_|__|_|____0____|____1____|____2____|_____|____N____|_|
|
||||
0 +1K +4K +8M +16M +24M +(8MB x N)
|
||||
. . (Typical offsets for 4KB-block)
|
||||
. .
|
||||
.______________________.
|
||||
| log | log |... | log |
|
||||
|__1__|__2__|____|__m__|
|
||||
. .
|
||||
. .
|
||||
. .
|
||||
.______________________________.
|
||||
| Summary | Payload blocks |SR|
|
||||
|_blocks__|_________________|__|
|
||||
|
||||
The payload blocks are organized per file, and each file consists of
|
||||
data blocks and B-tree node blocks:
|
||||
|
||||
|<--- File-A --->|<--- File-B --->|
|
||||
_______________________________________________________________
|
||||
| Data blocks | B-tree blocks | Data blocks | B-tree blocks | ...
|
||||
_|_____________|_______________|_____________|_______________|_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Since only the modified blocks are written in the log, it may have
|
||||
files without data blocks or B-tree node blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
The organization of the blocks is recorded in the summary information
|
||||
blocks, which contains a header structure (nilfs_segment_summary), per
|
||||
file structures (nilfs_finfo), and per block structures (nilfs_binfo):
|
||||
|
||||
_________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
| Summary | finfo | binfo | ... | binfo | finfo | binfo | ... | binfo |...
|
||||
|_blocks__|___A___|_(A,1)_|_____|(A,Na)_|___B___|_(B,1)_|_____|(B,Nb)_|___
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The logs include regular files, directory files, symbolic link files
|
||||
and several meta data files. The mata data files are the files used
|
||||
to maintain file system meta data. The current version of NILFS2 uses
|
||||
the following meta data files:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Inode file (ifile) -- Stores on-disk inodes
|
||||
2) Checkpoint file (cpfile) -- Stores checkpoints
|
||||
3) Segment usage file (sufile) -- Stores allocation state of segments
|
||||
4) Data address translation file -- Maps virtual block numbers to usual
|
||||
(DAT) block numbers. This file serves to
|
||||
make on-disk blocks relocatable.
|
||||
|
||||
The following figure shows a typical organization of the logs:
|
||||
|
||||
_________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
| Summary | regular file | file | ... | ifile | cpfile | sufile | DAT |SR|
|
||||
|_blocks__|_or_directory_|_______|_____|_______|________|________|_____|__|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
To stride over segment boundaries, this sequence of files may be split
|
||||
into multiple logs. The sequence of logs that should be treated as
|
||||
logically one log, is delimited with flags marked in the segment
|
||||
summary. The recovery code of nilfs2 looks this boundary information
|
||||
to ensure atomicity of updates.
|
||||
|
||||
The super root block is inserted for every checkpoints. It includes
|
||||
three special inodes, inodes for the DAT, cpfile, and sufile. Inodes
|
||||
of regular files, directories, symlinks and other special files, are
|
||||
included in the ifile. The inode of ifile itself is included in the
|
||||
corresponding checkpoint entry in the cpfile. Thus, the hierarchy
|
||||
among NILFS2 files can be depicted as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Super block (SB)
|
||||
|
|
||||
v
|
||||
Super root block (the latest cno=xx)
|
||||
|-- DAT
|
||||
|-- sufile
|
||||
`-- cpfile
|
||||
|-- ifile (cno=c1)
|
||||
|-- ifile (cno=c2) ---- file (ino=i1)
|
||||
: : |-- file (ino=i2)
|
||||
`-- ifile (cno=xx) |-- file (ino=i3)
|
||||
: :
|
||||
`-- file (ino=yy)
|
||||
( regular file, directory, or symlink )
|
||||
|
||||
For detail on the format of each file, please see include/linux/nilfs2_fs.h.
|
71
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt
Normal file
71
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
|||
POHMELFS: Parallel Optimized Host Message Exchange Layered File System.
|
||||
|
||||
Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
|
||||
|
||||
Homepage: http://www.ioremap.net/projects/pohmelfs
|
||||
|
||||
POHMELFS first began as a network filesystem with coherent local data and
|
||||
metadata caches but is now evolving into a parallel distributed filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
Main features of this FS include:
|
||||
* Locally coherent cache for data and metadata with (potentially) byte-range locks.
|
||||
Since all Linux filesystems lock the whole inode during writing, algorithm
|
||||
is very simple and does not use byte-ranges, although they are sent in
|
||||
locking messages.
|
||||
* Completely async processing of all events except creation of hard and symbolic
|
||||
links, and rename events.
|
||||
Object creation and data reading and writing are processed asynchronously.
|
||||
* Flexible object architecture optimized for network processing.
|
||||
Ability to create long paths to objects and remove arbitrarily huge
|
||||
directories with a single network command.
|
||||
(like removing the whole kernel tree via a single network command).
|
||||
* Very high performance.
|
||||
* Fast and scalable multithreaded userspace server. Being in userspace it works
|
||||
with any underlying filesystem and still is much faster than async in-kernel NFS one.
|
||||
* Client is able to switch between different servers (if one goes down, client
|
||||
automatically reconnects to second and so on).
|
||||
* Transactions support. Full failover for all operations.
|
||||
Resending transactions to different servers on timeout or error.
|
||||
* Read request (data read, directory listing, lookup requests) balancing between multiple servers.
|
||||
* Write requests are replicated to multiple servers and completed only when all of them are acked.
|
||||
* Ability to add and/or remove servers from the working set at run-time.
|
||||
* Strong authentification and possible data encryption in network channel.
|
||||
* Extended attributes support.
|
||||
|
||||
POHMELFS is based on transactions, which are potentially long-standing objects that live
|
||||
in the client's memory. Each transaction contains all the information needed to process a given
|
||||
command (or set of commands, which is frequently used during data writing: single transactions
|
||||
can contain creation and data writing commands). Transactions are committed by all the servers
|
||||
to which they are sent and, in case of failures, are eventually resent or dropped with an error.
|
||||
For example, reading will return an error if no servers are available.
|
||||
|
||||
POHMELFS uses a asynchronous approach to data processing. Courtesy of transactions, it is
|
||||
possible to detach replies from requests and, if the command requires data to be received, the
|
||||
caller sleeps waiting for it. Thus, it is possible to issue multiple read commands to different
|
||||
servers and async threads will pick up replies in parallel, find appropriate transactions in the
|
||||
system and put the data where it belongs (like the page or inode cache).
|
||||
|
||||
The main feature of POHMELFS is writeback data and the metadata cache.
|
||||
Only a few non-performance critical operations use the write-through cache and
|
||||
are synchronous: hard and symbolic link creation, and object rename. Creation,
|
||||
removal of objects and data writing are asynchronous and are sent to
|
||||
the server during system writeback. Only one writer at a time is allowed for any
|
||||
given inode, which is guarded by an appropriate locking protocol.
|
||||
Because of this feature, POHMELFS is extremely fast at metadata intensive
|
||||
workloads and can fully utilize the bandwidth to the servers when doing bulk
|
||||
data transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
POHMELFS clients operate with a working set of servers and are capable of balancing read-only
|
||||
operations (like lookups or directory listings) between them according to IO priorities.
|
||||
Administrators can add or remove servers from the set at run-time via special commands (described
|
||||
in Documentation/pohmelfs/info.txt file). Writes are replicated to all servers, which are connected
|
||||
with write permission turned on. IO priority and permissions can be changed in run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
POHMELFS is capable of full data channel encryption and/or strong crypto hashing.
|
||||
One can select any kernel supported cipher, encryption mode, hash type and operation mode
|
||||
(hmac or digest). It is also possible to use both or neither (default). Crypto configuration
|
||||
is checked during mount time and, if the server does not support it, appropriate capabilities
|
||||
will be disabled or mount will fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount option is specified).
|
||||
Crypto performance heavily depends on the number of crypto threads, which asynchronously perform
|
||||
crypto operations and send the resulting data to server or submit it up the stack. This number
|
||||
can be controlled via a mount option.
|
99
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt
Normal file
99
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
|||
POHMELFS usage information.
|
||||
|
||||
Mount options.
|
||||
All but index, number of crypto threads and maximum IO size can changed via remount.
|
||||
|
||||
idx=%u
|
||||
Each mountpoint is associated with a special index via this option.
|
||||
Administrator can add or remove servers from the given index, so all mounts,
|
||||
which were attached to it, are updated.
|
||||
Default it is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
trans_scan_timeout=%u
|
||||
This timeout, expressed in milliseconds, specifies time to scan transaction
|
||||
trees looking for stale requests, which have to be resent, or if number of
|
||||
retries exceed specified limit, dropped with error.
|
||||
Default is 5 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
drop_scan_timeout=%u
|
||||
Internal timeout, expressed in milliseconds, which specifies how frequently
|
||||
inodes marked to be dropped are freed. It also specifies how frequently
|
||||
the system checks that servers have to be added or removed from current working set.
|
||||
Default is 1 second.
|
||||
|
||||
wait_on_page_timeout=%u
|
||||
Number of milliseconds to wait for reply from remote server for data reading command.
|
||||
If this timeout is exceeded, reading returns an error.
|
||||
Default is 5 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
trans_retries=%u
|
||||
This is the number of times that a transaction will be resent to a server that did
|
||||
not answer for the last @trans_scan_timeout milliseconds.
|
||||
When the number of resends exceeds this limit, the transaction is completed with error.
|
||||
Default is 5 resends.
|
||||
|
||||
crypto_thread_num=%u
|
||||
Number of crypto processing threads. Threads are used both for RX and TX traffic.
|
||||
Default is 2, or no threads if crypto operations are not supported.
|
||||
|
||||
trans_max_pages=%u
|
||||
Maximum number of pages in a single transaction. This parameter also controls
|
||||
the number of pages, allocated for crypto processing (each crypto thread has
|
||||
pool of pages, the number of which is equal to 'trans_max_pages'.
|
||||
Default is 100 pages.
|
||||
|
||||
crypto_fail_unsupported
|
||||
If specified, mount will fail if the server does not support requested crypto operations.
|
||||
By default mount will disable non-matching crypto operations.
|
||||
|
||||
mcache_timeout=%u
|
||||
Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for the mcache objects to be processed.
|
||||
Mcache includes locks (given lock should be granted by server), attributes (they should be
|
||||
fully received in the given timeframe).
|
||||
Default is 5 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage examples.
|
||||
|
||||
Add server server1.net:1025 into the working set with index $idx
|
||||
with appropriate hash algorithm and key file and cipher algorithm, mode and key file:
|
||||
$cfg A add -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -K $hash_key -k $cipher_key
|
||||
|
||||
Mount filesystem with given index $idx to /mnt mountpoint.
|
||||
Client will connect to all servers specified in the working set via previous command:
|
||||
mount -t pohmel -o idx=$idx q /mnt
|
||||
|
||||
Change permissions to read-only (-I 1 option, '-I 2' - write-only, 3 - rw):
|
||||
$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -I 1
|
||||
|
||||
Change IO priority to 123 (node with the highest priority gets read requests).
|
||||
$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -P 123
|
||||
|
||||
One can check currect status of all connections in the mountstats file:
|
||||
# cat /proc/$PID/mountstats
|
||||
...
|
||||
device none mounted on /mnt with fstype pohmel
|
||||
idx addr(:port) socket_type protocol active priority permissions
|
||||
0 server1.net:1026 1 6 1 250 1
|
||||
0 server2.net:1025 1 6 1 123 3
|
||||
|
||||
Server installation.
|
||||
|
||||
Creating a server, which listens at port 1025 and 0.0.0.0 address.
|
||||
Working root directory (note, that server chroots there, so you have to have appropriate permissions)
|
||||
is set to /mnt, server will negotiate hash/cipher with client, in case client requested it, there
|
||||
are appropriate key files.
|
||||
Number of working threads is set to 10.
|
||||
|
||||
# ./fserver -a 0.0.0.0 -p 1025 -r /mnt -w 10 -K hash_key -k cipher_key
|
||||
|
||||
-A 6 - listen on ipv6 address. Default: Disabled.
|
||||
-r root - path to root directory. Default: /tmp.
|
||||
-a addr - listen address. Default: 0.0.0.0.
|
||||
-p port - listen port. Default: 1025.
|
||||
-w workers - number of workers per connected client. Default: 1.
|
||||
-K file - hash key size. Default: none.
|
||||
-k file - cipher key size. Default: none.
|
||||
-h - this help.
|
||||
|
||||
Number of worker threads specifies how many workers will be created for each client.
|
||||
Bulk single-client transafers usually are better handled with smaller number (like 1-3).
|
227
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
Normal file
227
Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
|
|||
POHMELFS network protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
Basic structure used in network communication is following command:
|
||||
|
||||
struct netfs_cmd
|
||||
{
|
||||
__u16 cmd; /* Command number */
|
||||
__u16 csize; /* Attached crypto information size */
|
||||
__u16 cpad; /* Attached padding size */
|
||||
__u16 ext; /* External flags */
|
||||
__u32 size; /* Size of the attached data */
|
||||
__u32 trans; /* Transaction id */
|
||||
__u64 id; /* Object ID to operate on. Used for feedback.*/
|
||||
__u64 start; /* Start of the object. */
|
||||
__u64 iv; /* IV sequence */
|
||||
__u8 data[0];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command),
|
||||
so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long
|
||||
as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte.
|
||||
|
||||
All commans are transfered over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers.
|
||||
|
||||
@cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following
|
||||
commands are used currently:
|
||||
|
||||
NETFS_READDIR = 1, /* Read directory for given inode number */
|
||||
NETFS_READ_PAGE, /* Read data page from the server */
|
||||
NETFS_WRITE_PAGE, /* Write data page to the server */
|
||||
NETFS_CREATE, /* Create directory entry */
|
||||
NETFS_REMOVE, /* Remove directory entry */
|
||||
NETFS_LOOKUP, /* Lookup single object */
|
||||
NETFS_LINK, /* Create a link */
|
||||
NETFS_TRANS, /* Transaction */
|
||||
NETFS_OPEN, /* Open intent */
|
||||
NETFS_INODE_INFO, /* Metadata cache coherency synchronization message */
|
||||
NETFS_PAGE_CACHE, /* Page cache invalidation message */
|
||||
NETFS_READ_PAGES, /* Read multiple contiguous pages in one go */
|
||||
NETFS_RENAME, /* Rename object */
|
||||
NETFS_CAPABILITIES, /* Capabilities of the client, for example supported crypto */
|
||||
NETFS_LOCK, /* Distributed lock message */
|
||||
NETFS_XATTR_SET, /* Set extended attribute */
|
||||
NETFS_XATTR_GET, /* Get extended attribute */
|
||||
|
||||
@ext - external flags. Used by different commands to specify some extra arguments
|
||||
like partial size of the embedded objects or creation flags.
|
||||
|
||||
@size - size of the attached data. For NETFS_READ_PAGE and NETFS_READ_PAGES no data is attached,
|
||||
but size of the requested data is incorporated here. It does not include size of the command
|
||||
header (struct netfs_cmd) itself.
|
||||
|
||||
@id - id of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
@start - start of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
@csize, @cpad - size and padding size of the (attached if needed) crypto information.
|
||||
|
||||
Command specifications.
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_READDIR
|
||||
This command is used to sync content of the remote dir to the client.
|
||||
|
||||
@ext - length of the path to object.
|
||||
@size - the same.
|
||||
@id - local inode number of the directory to read.
|
||||
@start - zero.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_READ_PAGE
|
||||
This command is used to read data from remote server.
|
||||
Data size does not exceed local page cache size.
|
||||
|
||||
@id - inode number.
|
||||
@start - first byte offset.
|
||||
@size - number of bytes to read plus length of the path to object.
|
||||
@ext - object path length.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_CREATE
|
||||
Used to create object.
|
||||
It does not require that all directories on top of the object were
|
||||
already created, it will create them automatically. Each object has
|
||||
associated @netfs_path_entry data structure, which contains creation
|
||||
mode (permissions and type) and length of the name as long as name itself.
|
||||
|
||||
@start - 0
|
||||
@size - size of the all data structures needed to create a path
|
||||
@id - local inode number
|
||||
@ext - 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_REMOVE
|
||||
Used to remove object.
|
||||
|
||||
@ext - length of the path to object.
|
||||
@size - the same.
|
||||
@id - local inode number.
|
||||
@start - zero.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_LOOKUP
|
||||
Lookup information about object on server.
|
||||
|
||||
@ext - length of the path to object.
|
||||
@size - the same.
|
||||
@id - local inode number of the directory to look object in.
|
||||
@start - local inode number of the object to look at.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_LINK
|
||||
Create hard of symlink.
|
||||
Command is sent as "object_path|target_path".
|
||||
|
||||
@size - size of the above string.
|
||||
@id - parent local inode number.
|
||||
@start - 1 for symlink, 0 for hardlink.
|
||||
@ext - size of the "object_path" above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_TRANS
|
||||
Transaction header.
|
||||
|
||||
@size - incorporates all embedded command sizes including theirs header sizes.
|
||||
@start - transaction generation number - unique id used to find transaction.
|
||||
@ext - transaction flags. Unused at the moment.
|
||||
@id - 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_OPEN
|
||||
Open intent for given transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
@id - local inode number.
|
||||
@start - 0.
|
||||
@size - path length to the object.
|
||||
@ext - open flags (O_RDWR and so on).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_INODE_INFO
|
||||
Metadata update command.
|
||||
It is sent to servers when attributes of the object are changed and received
|
||||
when data or metadata were updated. It operates with the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
struct netfs_inode_info
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int mode;
|
||||
unsigned int nlink;
|
||||
unsigned int uid;
|
||||
unsigned int gid;
|
||||
unsigned int blocksize;
|
||||
unsigned int padding;
|
||||
__u64 ino;
|
||||
__u64 blocks;
|
||||
__u64 rdev;
|
||||
__u64 size;
|
||||
__u64 version;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
It effectively mirrors stat(2) returned data.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ext - path length to the object.
|
||||
@size - the same plus size of the netfs_inode_info structure.
|
||||
@id - local inode number.
|
||||
@start - 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_PAGE_CACHE
|
||||
Command is only received by clients. It contains information about
|
||||
page to be marked as not up-to-date.
|
||||
|
||||
@id - client's inode number.
|
||||
@start - last byte of the page to be invalidated. If it is not equal to
|
||||
current inode size, it will be vmtruncated().
|
||||
@size - 0
|
||||
@ext - 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_READ_PAGES
|
||||
Used to read multiple contiguous pages in one go.
|
||||
|
||||
@start - first byte of the contiguous region to read.
|
||||
@size - contains of two fields: lower 8 bits are used to represent page cache shift
|
||||
used by client, another 3 bytes are used to get number of pages.
|
||||
@id - local inode number.
|
||||
@ext - path length to the object.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_RENAME
|
||||
Used to rename object.
|
||||
Attached data is formed into following string: "old_path|new_path".
|
||||
|
||||
@id - local inode number.
|
||||
@start - parent inode number.
|
||||
@size - length of the above string.
|
||||
@ext - length of the old path part.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_CAPABILITIES
|
||||
Used to exchange crypto capabilities with server.
|
||||
If crypto capabilities are not supported by server, then client will disable it
|
||||
or fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount options was specified).
|
||||
|
||||
@id - superblock index. Used to specify crypto information for group of servers.
|
||||
@size - size of the attached capabilities structure.
|
||||
@start - 0.
|
||||
@size - 0.
|
||||
@scsize - 0.
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_LOCK
|
||||
Used to send lock request/release messages. Although it sends byte range request
|
||||
and is capable of flushing pages based on that, it is not used, since all Linux
|
||||
filesystems lock the whole inode.
|
||||
|
||||
@id - lock generation number.
|
||||
@start - start of the locked range.
|
||||
@size - size of the locked range.
|
||||
@ext - lock type: read/write. Not used actually. 15'th bit is used to determine,
|
||||
if it is lock request (1) or release (0).
|
||||
|
||||
@NETFS_XATTR_SET
|
||||
@NETFS_XATTR_GET
|
||||
Used to set/get extended attributes for given inode.
|
||||
@id - attribute generation number or xattr setting type
|
||||
@start - size of the attribute (request or attached)
|
||||
@size - name length, path len and data size for given attribute
|
||||
@ext - path length for given object
|
|
@ -277,8 +277,7 @@ or bottom half).
|
|||
unfreeze_fs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable
|
||||
again.
|
||||
|
||||
statfs: called when the VFS needs to get filesystem statistics. This
|
||||
is called with the kernel lock held
|
||||
statfs: called when the VFS needs to get filesystem statistics.
|
||||
|
||||
remount_fs: called when the filesystem is remounted. This is called
|
||||
with the kernel lock held
|
||||
|
|
36
Documentation/hwmon/g760a
Normal file
36
Documentation/hwmon/g760a
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
Kernel driver g760a
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc. G760A
|
||||
Prefix: 'g760a'
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the GMT website
|
||||
http://www.gmt.com.tw/datasheet/g760a.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
The GMT G760A Fan Speed PWM Controller is connected directly to a fan
|
||||
and performs closed-loop control of the fan speed.
|
||||
|
||||
The fan speed is programmed by setting the period via 'pwm1' of two
|
||||
consecutive speed pulses. The period is defined in terms of clock
|
||||
cycle counts of an assumed 32kHz clock source.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting a period of 0 stops the fan; setting the period to 255 sets
|
||||
fan to maximum speed.
|
||||
|
||||
The measured fan rotation speed returned via 'fan1_input' is derived
|
||||
from the measured speed pulse period by assuming again a 32kHz clock
|
||||
source and a 2 pulse-per-revolution fan.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'alarms' file provides access to the two alarm bits provided by
|
||||
the G760A chip's status register: Bit 0 is set when the actual fan
|
||||
speed differs more than 20% with respect to the programmed fan speed;
|
||||
bit 1 is set when fan speed is below 1920 RPM.
|
||||
|
||||
The g760a driver will not update its values more frequently than every
|
||||
other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return
|
||||
'old' values.
|
|
@ -24,6 +24,49 @@ Partitions and P_Keys
|
|||
The P_Key for any interface is given by the "pkey" file, and the
|
||||
main interface for a subinterface is in "parent."
|
||||
|
||||
Datagram vs Connected modes
|
||||
|
||||
The IPoIB driver supports two modes of operation: datagram and
|
||||
connected. The mode is set and read through an interface's
|
||||
/sys/class/net/<intf name>/mode file.
|
||||
|
||||
In datagram mode, the IB UD (Unreliable Datagram) transport is used
|
||||
and so the interface MTU has is equal to the IB L2 MTU minus the
|
||||
IPoIB encapsulation header (4 bytes). For example, in a typical IB
|
||||
fabric with a 2K MTU, the IPoIB MTU will be 2048 - 4 = 2044 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
In connected mode, the IB RC (Reliable Connected) transport is used.
|
||||
Connected mode is to takes advantage of the connected nature of the
|
||||
IB transport and allows an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of
|
||||
64K, which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling
|
||||
large UDP datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance
|
||||
for large messages.
|
||||
|
||||
In connected mode, the interface's UD QP is still used for multicast
|
||||
and communication with peers that don't support connected mode. In
|
||||
this case, RX emulation of ICMP PMTU packets is used to cause the
|
||||
networking stack to use the smaller UD MTU for these neighbours.
|
||||
|
||||
Stateless offloads
|
||||
|
||||
If the IB HW supports IPoIB stateless offloads, IPoIB advertises
|
||||
TCP/IP checksum and/or Large Send (LSO) offloading capability to the
|
||||
network stack.
|
||||
|
||||
Large Receive (LRO) offloading is also implemented and may be turned
|
||||
on/off using ethtool calls. Currently LRO is supported only for
|
||||
checksum offload capable devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Stateless offloads are supported only in datagram mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Interrupt moderation
|
||||
|
||||
If the underlying IB device supports CQ event moderation, one can
|
||||
use ethtool to set interrupt mitigation parameters and thus reduce
|
||||
the overhead incurred by handling interrupts. The main code path of
|
||||
IPoIB doesn't use events for TX completion signaling so only RX
|
||||
moderation is supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugging Information
|
||||
|
||||
By compiling the IPoIB driver with CONFIG_INFINIBAND_IPOIB_DEBUG set
|
||||
|
@ -55,3 +98,5 @@ References
|
|||
http://ietf.org/rfc/rfc4391.txt
|
||||
IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB) Architecture (RFC 4392)
|
||||
http://ietf.org/rfc/rfc4392.txt
|
||||
IP over InfiniBand: Connected Mode (RFC 4755)
|
||||
http://ietf.org/rfc/rfc4755.txt
|
||||
|
|
65
Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
Normal file
65
Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
|||
BCM5974 Driver (bcm5974)
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
|
||||
|
||||
The USB initialization and package decoding was made by Scott Shawcroft as
|
||||
part of the touchd user-space driver project:
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Scott Shawcroft (scott.shawcroft@gmail.com)
|
||||
|
||||
The BCM5974 driver is based on the appletouch driver:
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Johannes Berg (johannes@sipsolutions.net)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Stelian Pop (stelian@popies.net)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Frank Arnold (frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Peter Osterlund (petero2@telia.com)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Michael Hanselmann (linux-kernel@hansmi.ch)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Nicolas Boichat (nicolas@boichat.ch)
|
||||
|
||||
This driver adds support for the multi-touch trackpad on the new Apple
|
||||
Macbook Air and Macbook Pro laptops. It replaces the appletouch driver on
|
||||
those computers, and integrates well with the synaptics driver of the Xorg
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
Known to work on Macbook Air, Macbook Pro Penryn and the new unibody
|
||||
Macbook 5 and Macbook Pro 5.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
The driver loads automatically for the supported usb device ids, and
|
||||
becomes available both as an event device (/dev/input/event*) and as a
|
||||
mouse via the mousedev driver (/dev/input/mice).
|
||||
|
||||
USB Race
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The Apple multi-touch trackpads report both mouse and keyboard events via
|
||||
different interfaces of the same usb device. This creates a race condition
|
||||
with the HID driver, which, if not told otherwise, will find the standard
|
||||
HID mouse and keyboard, and claim the whole device. To remedy, the usb
|
||||
product id must be listed in the mouse_ignore list of the hid driver.
|
||||
|
||||
Debug output
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
To ease the development for new hardware version, verbose packet output can
|
||||
be switched on with the debug kernel module parameter. The range [1-9]
|
||||
yields different levels of verbosity. Example (as root):
|
||||
|
||||
echo -n 9 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
|
||||
|
||||
tail -f /var/log/debug
|
||||
|
||||
echo -n 0 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
|
||||
|
||||
Trivia
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
The driver was developed at the ubuntu forums in June 2008 [1], and now has
|
||||
a more permanent home at bitmath.org [2].
|
||||
|
||||
Links
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
[1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040
|
||||
[2] http://http://bitmath.org/code/
|
140
Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
Normal file
140
Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
|
|||
Multi-touch (MT) Protocol
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2009 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch devices, a way to
|
||||
report detailed finger data to user space is needed. This document
|
||||
describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel drivers to
|
||||
report details for an arbitrary number of fingers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Usage
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
Anonymous finger details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS
|
||||
events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a finger
|
||||
packet. The end of a packet is marked by calling the input_mt_sync()
|
||||
function, which generates a SYN_MT_REPORT event. The end of multi-touch
|
||||
transfer is marked by calling the usual input_sync() function.
|
||||
|
||||
A set of ABS_MT events with the desired properties is defined. The events
|
||||
are divided into categories, to allow for partial implementation. The
|
||||
minimum set consists of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR, ABS_MT_POSITION_X and
|
||||
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y, which allows for multiple fingers to be tracked. If the
|
||||
device supports it, the ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR may be used to provide the size
|
||||
of the approaching finger. Anisotropy and direction may be specified with
|
||||
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR, ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR and ABS_MT_ORIENTATION. Devices with
|
||||
more granular information may specify general shapes as blobs, i.e., as a
|
||||
sequence of rectangular shapes grouped together by an
|
||||
ABS_MT_BLOB_ID. Finally, the ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify
|
||||
whether the touching tool is a finger or a pen or something else.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Event Semantics
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
The word "contact" is used to describe a tool which is in direct contact
|
||||
with the surface. A finger, a pen or a rubber all classify as contacts.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR
|
||||
|
||||
The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in
|
||||
surface units. If the surface has an X times Y resolution, the largest
|
||||
possible value of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR is sqrt(X^2 + Y^2), the diagonal.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the contact. If the
|
||||
contact is circular, this event can be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR
|
||||
|
||||
The length, in surface units, of the major axis of the approaching
|
||||
tool. This should be understood as the size of the tool itself. The
|
||||
orientation of the contact and the approaching tool are assumed to be the
|
||||
same.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the approaching
|
||||
tool. Omit if circular.
|
||||
|
||||
The above four values can be used to derive additional information about
|
||||
the contact. The ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR approximates
|
||||
the notion of pressure. The fingers of the hand and the palm all have
|
||||
different characteristic widths [1].
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_ORIENTATION
|
||||
|
||||
The orientation of the ellipse. The value should describe half a revolution
|
||||
clockwise around the touch center. The scale of the value is arbitrary, but
|
||||
zero should be returned for an ellipse aligned along the Y axis of the
|
||||
surface. As an example, an index finger placed straight onto the axis could
|
||||
return zero orientation, something negative when twisted to the left, and
|
||||
something positive when twisted to the right. This value can be omitted if
|
||||
the touching object is circular, or if the information is not available in
|
||||
the kernel driver.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_POSITION_X
|
||||
|
||||
The surface X coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
|
||||
|
||||
The surface Y coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE
|
||||
|
||||
The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish
|
||||
between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the
|
||||
event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER and
|
||||
MT_TOOL_PEN [2].
|
||||
|
||||
ABS_MT_BLOB_ID
|
||||
|
||||
The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
|
||||
contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping, and should not be confused
|
||||
with the high-level contactID, explained below. Most kernel drivers will
|
||||
not have this capability, and can safely omit the event.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Finger Tracking
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel driver should generate an arbitrary enumeration of the set of
|
||||
anonymous contacts currently on the surface. The order in which the packets
|
||||
appear in the event stream is not important.
|
||||
|
||||
The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique contactID to each
|
||||
initiated contact on the surface, is left to user space; preferably the
|
||||
multi-touch X driver [3]. In that driver, the contactID stays the same and
|
||||
unique until the contact vanishes (when the finger leaves the surface). The
|
||||
problem of assigning a set of anonymous fingers to a set of identified
|
||||
fingers is a euclidian bipartite matching problem at each event update, and
|
||||
relies on a sufficiently rapid update rate.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
In order to stay compatible with existing applications, the data
|
||||
reported in a finger packet must not be recognized as single-touch
|
||||
events. In addition, all finger data must bypass input filtering,
|
||||
since subsequent events of the same type refer to different fingers.
|
||||
|
||||
The first kernel driver to utilize the MT protocol is the bcm5974 driver,
|
||||
where examples can be found.
|
||||
|
||||
[1] With the extension ABS_MT_APPROACH_X and ABS_MT_APPROACH_Y, the
|
||||
difference between the contact position and the approaching tool position
|
||||
could be used to derive tilt.
|
||||
[2] The list can of course be extended.
|
||||
[3] The multi-touch X driver is currently in the prototyping stage. At the
|
||||
time of writing (April 2009), the MT protocol is not yet merged, and the
|
||||
prototype implements finger matching, basic mouse support and two-finger
|
||||
scrolling. The project aims at improving the quality of current multi-touch
|
||||
functionality available in the synaptics X driver, and in addition
|
||||
implement more advanced gestures.
|
101
Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
Normal file
101
Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
|||
rotary-encoder - a generic driver for GPIO connected devices
|
||||
Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>, Feb 2009
|
||||
|
||||
0. Function
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Rotary encoders are devices which are connected to the CPU or other
|
||||
peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees
|
||||
and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can
|
||||
be determined.
|
||||
|
||||
The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
|
||||
|
||||
_____ _____ _____
|
||||
| | | | | |
|
||||
Channel A ____| |_____| |_____| |____
|
||||
|
||||
: : : : : : : : : : : :
|
||||
__ _____ _____ _____
|
||||
| | | | | | |
|
||||
Channel B |_____| |_____| |_____| |__
|
||||
|
||||
: : : : : : : : : : : :
|
||||
Event a b c d a b c d a b c d
|
||||
|
||||
|<-------->|
|
||||
one step
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
For more information, please see
|
||||
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Events / state machine
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state
|
||||
This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn
|
||||
|
||||
b) Rising edge on channel B, channel A in high state
|
||||
When entering this state, the encoder is put into 'armed' state,
|
||||
meaning that there it has seen half the way of a one-step transition.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Falling edge on channel A, channel B in high state
|
||||
This state is used to recognize a counter-clockwise turn
|
||||
|
||||
d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state
|
||||
Parking position. If the encoder enters this state, a full transition
|
||||
should have happend, unless it flipped back on half the way. The
|
||||
'armed' state tells us about that.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Platform requirements
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
As there is no hardware dependent call in this driver, the platform it is
|
||||
used with must support gpiolib. Another requirement is that IRQs must be
|
||||
able to fire on both edges.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Board integration
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To use this driver in your system, register a platform_device with the
|
||||
name 'rotary-encoder' and associate the IRQs and some specific platform
|
||||
data with it.
|
||||
|
||||
struct rotary_encoder_platform_data is declared in
|
||||
include/linux/rotary-encoder.h and needs to be filled with the number of
|
||||
steps the encoder has and can carry information about externally inverted
|
||||
signals (because of used invertig buffer or other reasons).
|
||||
|
||||
Because GPIO to IRQ mapping is platform specific, this information must
|
||||
be given in seperately to the driver. See the example below.
|
||||
|
||||
---------<snip>---------
|
||||
|
||||
/* board support file example */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/input.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/rotary_encoder.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define GPIO_ROTARY_A 1
|
||||
#define GPIO_ROTARY_B 2
|
||||
|
||||
static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = {
|
||||
.steps = 24,
|
||||
.axis = ABS_X,
|
||||
.gpio_a = GPIO_ROTARY_A,
|
||||
.gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B,
|
||||
.inverted_a = 0,
|
||||
.inverted_b = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = {
|
||||
.name = "rotary-encoder",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = &my_rotary_encoder_info,
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
@ -2,8 +2,14 @@
|
|||
- this file (info on ISDN implementation for Linux)
|
||||
CREDITS
|
||||
- list of the kind folks that brought you this stuff.
|
||||
HiSax.cert
|
||||
- information about the ITU approval certification of the HiSax driver.
|
||||
INTERFACE
|
||||
- description of Linklevel and Hardwarelevel ISDN interface.
|
||||
- description of isdn4linux Link Level and Hardware Level interfaces.
|
||||
INTERFACE.fax
|
||||
- description of the fax subinterface of isdn4linux.
|
||||
INTERFACE.CAPI
|
||||
- description of kernel CAPI Link Level to Hardware Level interface.
|
||||
README
|
||||
- general info on what you need and what to do for Linux ISDN.
|
||||
README.FAQ
|
||||
|
@ -12,6 +18,8 @@ README.audio
|
|||
- info for running audio over ISDN.
|
||||
README.fax
|
||||
- info for using Fax over ISDN.
|
||||
README.gigaset
|
||||
- info on the drivers for Siemens Gigaset ISDN adapters.
|
||||
README.icn
|
||||
- info on the ICN-ISDN-card and its driver.
|
||||
README.HiSax
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +45,8 @@ README.diversion
|
|||
README.sc
|
||||
- info on driver for Spellcaster cards.
|
||||
README.x25
|
||||
_ info for running X.25 over ISDN.
|
||||
- info for running X.25 over ISDN.
|
||||
README.hysdn
|
||||
- info on driver for Hypercope active HYSDN cards
|
||||
|
||||
- info on driver for Hypercope active HYSDN cards
|
||||
README.mISDN
|
||||
- info on the Modular ISDN subsystem (mISDN).
|
||||
|
|
213
Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
Normal file
213
Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
|
|||
Kernel CAPI Interface to Hardware Drivers
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
1. Overview
|
||||
|
||||
From the CAPI 2.0 specification:
|
||||
COMMON-ISDN-API (CAPI) is an application programming interface standard used
|
||||
to access ISDN equipment connected to basic rate interfaces (BRI) and primary
|
||||
rate interfaces (PRI).
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel CAPI operates as a dispatching layer between CAPI applications and CAPI
|
||||
hardware drivers. Hardware drivers register ISDN devices (controllers, in CAPI
|
||||
lingo) with Kernel CAPI to indicate their readiness to provide their service
|
||||
to CAPI applications. CAPI applications also register with Kernel CAPI,
|
||||
requesting association with a CAPI device. Kernel CAPI then dispatches the
|
||||
application registration to an available device, forwarding it to the
|
||||
corresponding hardware driver. Kernel CAPI then forwards CAPI messages in both
|
||||
directions between the application and the hardware driver.
|
||||
|
||||
Format and semantics of CAPI messages are specified in the CAPI 2.0 standard.
|
||||
This standard is freely available from http://www.capi.org.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Driver and Device Registration
|
||||
|
||||
CAPI drivers optionally register themselves with Kernel CAPI by calling the
|
||||
Kernel CAPI function register_capi_driver() with a pointer to a struct
|
||||
capi_driver. This structure must be filled with the name and revision of the
|
||||
driver, and optionally a pointer to a callback function, add_card(). The
|
||||
registration can be revoked by calling the function unregister_capi_driver()
|
||||
with a pointer to the same struct capi_driver.
|
||||
|
||||
CAPI drivers must register each of the ISDN devices they control with Kernel
|
||||
CAPI by calling the Kernel CAPI function attach_capi_ctr() with a pointer to a
|
||||
struct capi_ctr before they can be used. This structure must be filled with
|
||||
the names of the driver and controller, and a number of callback function
|
||||
pointers which are subsequently used by Kernel CAPI for communicating with the
|
||||
driver. The registration can be revoked by calling the function
|
||||
detach_capi_ctr() with a pointer to the same struct capi_ctr.
|
||||
|
||||
Before the device can be actually used, the driver must fill in the device
|
||||
information fields 'manu', 'version', 'profile' and 'serial' in the capi_ctr
|
||||
structure of the device, and signal its readiness by calling capi_ctr_ready().
|
||||
From then on, Kernel CAPI may call the registered callback functions for the
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
If the device becomes unusable for any reason (shutdown, disconnect ...), the
|
||||
driver has to call capi_ctr_reseted(). This will prevent further calls to the
|
||||
callback functions by Kernel CAPI.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Application Registration and Communication
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel CAPI forwards registration requests from applications (calls to CAPI
|
||||
operation CAPI_REGISTER) to an appropriate hardware driver by calling its
|
||||
register_appl() callback function. A unique Application ID (ApplID, u16) is
|
||||
allocated by Kernel CAPI and passed to register_appl() along with the
|
||||
parameter structure provided by the application. This is analogous to the
|
||||
open() operation on regular files or character devices.
|
||||
|
||||
After a successful return from register_appl(), CAPI messages from the
|
||||
application may be passed to the driver for the device via calls to the
|
||||
send_message() callback function. The CAPI message to send is stored in the
|
||||
data portion of an skb. Conversely, the driver may call Kernel CAPI's
|
||||
capi_ctr_handle_message() function to pass a received CAPI message to Kernel
|
||||
CAPI for forwarding to an application, specifying its ApplID.
|
||||
|
||||
Deregistration requests (CAPI operation CAPI_RELEASE) from applications are
|
||||
forwarded as calls to the release_appl() callback function, passing the same
|
||||
ApplID as with register_appl(). After return from release_appl(), no CAPI
|
||||
messages for that application may be passed to or from the device anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Data Structures
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 struct capi_driver
|
||||
|
||||
This structure describes a Kernel CAPI driver itself. It is used in the
|
||||
register_capi_driver() and unregister_capi_driver() functions, and contains
|
||||
the following non-private fields, all to be set by the driver before calling
|
||||
register_capi_driver():
|
||||
|
||||
char name[32]
|
||||
the name of the driver, as a zero-terminated ASCII string
|
||||
char revision[32]
|
||||
the revision number of the driver, as a zero-terminated ASCII string
|
||||
int (*add_card)(struct capi_driver *driver, capicardparams *data)
|
||||
a callback function pointer (may be NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 struct capi_ctr
|
||||
|
||||
This structure describes an ISDN device (controller) handled by a Kernel CAPI
|
||||
driver. After registration via the attach_capi_ctr() function it is passed to
|
||||
all controller specific lower layer interface and callback functions to
|
||||
identify the controller to operate on.
|
||||
|
||||
It contains the following non-private fields:
|
||||
|
||||
- to be set by the driver before calling attach_capi_ctr():
|
||||
|
||||
struct module *owner
|
||||
pointer to the driver module owning the device
|
||||
|
||||
void *driverdata
|
||||
an opaque pointer to driver specific data, not touched by Kernel CAPI
|
||||
|
||||
char name[32]
|
||||
the name of the controller, as a zero-terminated ASCII string
|
||||
|
||||
char *driver_name
|
||||
the name of the driver, as a zero-terminated ASCII string
|
||||
|
||||
int (*load_firmware)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, capiloaddata *ldata)
|
||||
(optional) pointer to a callback function for sending firmware and
|
||||
configuration data to the device
|
||||
|
||||
void (*reset_ctr)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
pointer to a callback function for performing a reset on the device,
|
||||
releasing all registered applications
|
||||
|
||||
void (*register_appl)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, u16 applid,
|
||||
capi_register_params *rparam)
|
||||
void (*release_appl)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, u16 applid)
|
||||
pointers to callback functions for registration and deregistration of
|
||||
applications with the device
|
||||
|
||||
u16 (*send_message)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, struct sk_buff *skb)
|
||||
pointer to a callback function for sending a CAPI message to the
|
||||
device
|
||||
|
||||
char *(*procinfo)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
pointer to a callback function returning the entry for the device in
|
||||
the CAPI controller info table, /proc/capi/controller
|
||||
|
||||
read_proc_t *ctr_read_proc
|
||||
pointer to the read_proc callback function for the device's proc file
|
||||
system entry, /proc/capi/controllers/<n>; will be called with a
|
||||
pointer to the device's capi_ctr structure as the last (data) argument
|
||||
|
||||
- to be filled in before calling capi_ctr_ready():
|
||||
|
||||
u8 manu[CAPI_MANUFACTURER_LEN]
|
||||
value to return for CAPI_GET_MANUFACTURER
|
||||
|
||||
capi_version version
|
||||
value to return for CAPI_GET_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
capi_profile profile
|
||||
value to return for CAPI_GET_PROFILE
|
||||
|
||||
u8 serial[CAPI_SERIAL_LEN]
|
||||
value to return for CAPI_GET_SERIAL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Lower Layer Interface Functions
|
||||
|
||||
(declared in <linux/isdn/capilli.h>)
|
||||
|
||||
void register_capi_driver(struct capi_driver *drvr)
|
||||
void unregister_capi_driver(struct capi_driver *drvr)
|
||||
register/unregister a driver with Kernel CAPI
|
||||
|
||||
int attach_capi_ctr(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
int detach_capi_ctr(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
register/unregister a device (controller) with Kernel CAPI
|
||||
|
||||
void capi_ctr_ready(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
void capi_ctr_reseted(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
signal controller ready/not ready
|
||||
|
||||
void capi_ctr_suspend_output(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
void capi_ctr_resume_output(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
|
||||
signal suspend/resume
|
||||
|
||||
void capi_ctr_handle_message(struct capi_ctr * ctrlr, u16 applid,
|
||||
struct sk_buff *skb)
|
||||
pass a received CAPI message to Kernel CAPI
|
||||
for forwarding to the specified application
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. Helper Functions and Macros
|
||||
|
||||
Library functions (from <linux/isdn/capilli.h>):
|
||||
|
||||
void capilib_new_ncci(struct list_head *head, u16 applid,
|
||||
u32 ncci, u32 winsize)
|
||||
void capilib_free_ncci(struct list_head *head, u16 applid, u32 ncci)
|
||||
void capilib_release_appl(struct list_head *head, u16 applid)
|
||||
void capilib_release(struct list_head *head)
|
||||
void capilib_data_b3_conf(struct list_head *head, u16 applid,
|
||||
u32 ncci, u16 msgid)
|
||||
u16 capilib_data_b3_req(struct list_head *head, u16 applid,
|
||||
u32 ncci, u16 msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Macros to extract/set element values from/in a CAPI message header
|
||||
(from <linux/isdn/capiutil.h>):
|
||||
|
||||
Get Macro Set Macro Element (Type)
|
||||
|
||||
CAPIMSG_LEN(m) CAPIMSG_SETLEN(m, len) Total Length (u16)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_APPID(m) CAPIMSG_SETAPPID(m, applid) ApplID (u16)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_COMMAND(m) CAPIMSG_SETCOMMAND(m,cmd) Command (u8)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_SUBCOMMAND(m) CAPIMSG_SETSUBCOMMAND(m, cmd) Subcommand (u8)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_CMD(m) - Command*256
|
||||
+ Subcommand (u16)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_MSGID(m) CAPIMSG_SETMSGID(m, msgid) Message Number (u16)
|
||||
|
||||
CAPIMSG_CONTROL(m) CAPIMSG_SETCONTROL(m, contr) Controller/PLCI/NCCI
|
||||
(u32)
|
||||
CAPIMSG_DATALEN(m) CAPIMSG_SETDATALEN(m, len) Data Length (u16)
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,24 +61,28 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
---------------------
|
||||
2.1. Modules
|
||||
-------
|
||||
To get the device working, you have to load the proper kernel module. You
|
||||
can do this using
|
||||
modprobe modulename
|
||||
where modulename is ser_gigaset (M101), usb_gigaset (M105), or
|
||||
bas_gigaset (direct USB connection to the base).
|
||||
For the devices to work, the proper kernel modules have to be loaded.
|
||||
This normally happens automatically when the system detects the USB
|
||||
device (base, M105) or when the line discipline is attached (M101). It
|
||||
can also be triggered manually using the modprobe(8) command, for example
|
||||
for troubleshooting or to pass module parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
The module ser_gigaset provides a serial line discipline N_GIGASET_M101
|
||||
which drives the device through the regular serial line driver. To use it,
|
||||
run the Gigaset M101 daemon "gigasetm101d" (also available from
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/) with the device file of the
|
||||
RS232 port to the M101 as an argument, for example:
|
||||
gigasetm101d /dev/ttyS1
|
||||
This will open the device file, set its line discipline to N_GIGASET_M101,
|
||||
and then sleep in the background, keeping the device open so that the
|
||||
line discipline remains active. To deactivate it, kill the daemon, for
|
||||
example with
|
||||
killall gigasetm101d
|
||||
before disconnecting the device.
|
||||
which drives the device through the regular serial line driver. It must
|
||||
be attached to the serial line to which the M101 is connected with the
|
||||
ldattach(8) command (requires util-linux-ng release 2.14 or later), for
|
||||
example:
|
||||
ldattach GIGASET_M101 /dev/ttyS1
|
||||
This will open the device file, attach the line discipline to it, and
|
||||
then sleep in the background, keeping the device open so that the line
|
||||
discipline remains active. To deactivate it, kill the daemon, for example
|
||||
with
|
||||
killall ldattach
|
||||
before disconnecting the device. To have this happen automatically at
|
||||
system startup/shutdown on an LSB compatible system, create and activate
|
||||
an appropriate LSB startup script /etc/init.d/gigaset. (The init name
|
||||
'gigaset' is officially assigned to this project by LANANA.)
|
||||
Alternatively, just add the 'ldattach' command line to /etc/rc.local.
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Device nodes for user space programs
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -194,10 +198,11 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
operation (for wireless access to the base), but are needed for access
|
||||
to the M105's own configuration mode (registration to the base, baudrate
|
||||
and line format settings, device status queries) via the gigacontr
|
||||
utility. Their use is disabled in the driver by default for safety
|
||||
reasons but can be enabled by setting the kernel configuration option
|
||||
"Support for undocumented USB requests" (GIGASET_UNDOCREQ) to "Y" and
|
||||
recompiling.
|
||||
utility. Their use is controlled by the kernel configuration option
|
||||
"Support for undocumented USB requests" (CONFIG_GIGASET_UNDOCREQ). If you
|
||||
encounter error code -ENOTTY when trying to use some features of the
|
||||
M105, try setting that option to "y" via 'make {x,menu}config' and
|
||||
recompiling the driver.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Troubleshooting
|
||||
|
@ -228,6 +233,13 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
|
|||
Solution:
|
||||
Select Unimodem mode for all DECT data adapters. (see section 2.4.)
|
||||
|
||||
Problem:
|
||||
You want to configure your USB DECT data adapter (M105) but gigacontr
|
||||
reports an error: "/dev/ttyGU0: Inappropriate ioctl for device".
|
||||
Solution:
|
||||
Recompile the usb_gigaset driver with the kernel configuration option
|
||||
CONFIG_GIGASET_UNDOCREQ set to 'y'. (see section 2.6.)
|
||||
|
||||
3.2. Telling the driver to provide more information
|
||||
----------------------------------------------
|
||||
Building the driver with the "Gigaset debugging" kernel configuration
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -40,10 +40,16 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles.
|
|||
--- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands
|
||||
--- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts
|
||||
|
||||
=== 7 Kbuild Variables
|
||||
=== 8 Makefile language
|
||||
=== 9 Credits
|
||||
=== 10 TODO
|
||||
=== 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
|
||||
--- 7.1 header-y
|
||||
--- 7.2 objhdr-y
|
||||
--- 7.3 destination-y
|
||||
--- 7.4 unifdef-y (deprecated)
|
||||
|
||||
=== 8 Kbuild Variables
|
||||
=== 9 Makefile language
|
||||
=== 10 Credits
|
||||
=== 11 TODO
|
||||
|
||||
=== 1 Overview
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -310,6 +316,16 @@ more details, with real examples.
|
|||
#arch/m68k/fpsp040/Makefile
|
||||
ldflags-y := -x
|
||||
|
||||
subdir-ccflags-y, subdir-asflags-y
|
||||
The two flags listed above are similar to ccflags-y and as-falgs-y.
|
||||
The difference is that the subdir- variants has effect for the kbuild
|
||||
file where tey are present and all subdirectories.
|
||||
Options specified using subdir-* are added to the commandline before
|
||||
the options specified using the non-subdir variants.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
subdir-ccflags-y := -Werror
|
||||
|
||||
CFLAGS_$@, AFLAGS_$@
|
||||
|
||||
CFLAGS_$@ and AFLAGS_$@ only apply to commands in current
|
||||
|
@ -1143,8 +1159,69 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
|
|||
The kbuild infrastructure for *lds file are used in several
|
||||
architecture-specific files.
|
||||
|
||||
=== 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
|
||||
|
||||
=== 7 Kbuild Variables
|
||||
The kernel include a set of headers that is exported to userspace.
|
||||
Many headers can be exported as-is but other headers requires a
|
||||
minimal pre-processing before they are ready for user-space.
|
||||
The pre-processing does:
|
||||
- drop kernel specific annotations
|
||||
- drop include of compiler.h
|
||||
- drop all sections that is kernel internat (guarded by ifdef __KERNEL__)
|
||||
|
||||
Each relevant directory contain a file name "Kbuild" which specify the
|
||||
headers to be exported.
|
||||
See subsequent chapter for the syntax of the Kbuild file.
|
||||
|
||||
--- 7.1 header-y
|
||||
|
||||
header-y specify header files to be exported.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
#include/linux/Kbuild
|
||||
header-y += usb/
|
||||
header-y += aio_abi.h
|
||||
|
||||
The convention is to list one file per line and
|
||||
preferably in alphabetic order.
|
||||
|
||||
header-y also specify which subdirectories to visit.
|
||||
A subdirectory is identified by a trailing '/' which
|
||||
can be seen in the example above for the usb subdirectory.
|
||||
|
||||
Subdirectories are visited before their parent directories.
|
||||
|
||||
--- 7.2 objhdr-y
|
||||
|
||||
objhdr-y specifies generated files to be exported.
|
||||
Generated files are special as they need to be looked
|
||||
up in another directory when doing 'make O=...' builds.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
#include/linux/Kbuild
|
||||
objhdr-y += version.h
|
||||
|
||||
--- 7.3 destination-y
|
||||
|
||||
When an architecture have a set of exported headers that needs to be
|
||||
exported to a different directory destination-y is used.
|
||||
destination-y specify the destination directory for all exported
|
||||
headers in the file where it is present.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
#arch/xtensa/platforms/s6105/include/platform/Kbuild
|
||||
destination-y := include/linux
|
||||
|
||||
In the example above all exported headers in the Kbuild file
|
||||
will be located in the directory "include/linux" when exported.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- 7.4 unifdef-y (deprecated)
|
||||
|
||||
unifdef-y is deprecated. A direct replacement is header-y.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=== 8 Kbuild Variables
|
||||
|
||||
The top Makefile exports the following variables:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1206,7 +1283,7 @@ The top Makefile exports the following variables:
|
|||
INSTALL_MOD_STRIP will used as the option(s) to the strip command.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=== 8 Makefile language
|
||||
=== 9 Makefile language
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel Makefiles are designed to be run with GNU Make. The Makefiles
|
||||
use only the documented features of GNU Make, but they do use many
|
||||
|
@ -1225,14 +1302,14 @@ time the left-hand side is used.
|
|||
There are some cases where "=" is appropriate. Usually, though, ":="
|
||||
is the right choice.
|
||||
|
||||
=== 9 Credits
|
||||
=== 10 Credits
|
||||
|
||||
Original version made by Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mailto:mec@shout.net>
|
||||
Updates by Kai Germaschewski <kai@tp1.ruhr-uni-bochum.de>
|
||||
Updates by Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
|
||||
Language QA by Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
=== 10 TODO
|
||||
=== 11 TODO
|
||||
|
||||
- Describe how kbuild supports shipped files with _shipped.
|
||||
- Generating offset header files.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -269,7 +269,10 @@ Use the argument mechanism to document members or constants.
|
|||
|
||||
Inside a struct description, you can use the "private:" and "public:"
|
||||
comment tags. Structure fields that are inside a "private:" area
|
||||
are not listed in the generated output documentation.
|
||||
are not listed in the generated output documentation. The "private:"
|
||||
and "public:" tags must begin immediately following a "/*" comment
|
||||
marker. They may optionally include comments between the ":" and the
|
||||
ending "*/" marker.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -283,7 +286,7 @@ Example:
|
|||
struct my_struct {
|
||||
int a;
|
||||
int b;
|
||||
/* private: */
|
||||
/* private: internal use only */
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -17,6 +17,12 @@ are specified on the kernel command line with the module name plus
|
|||
|
||||
usbcore.blinkenlights=1
|
||||
|
||||
Hyphens (dashes) and underscores are equivalent in parameter names, so
|
||||
log_buf_len=1M print-fatal-signals=1
|
||||
can also be entered as
|
||||
log-buf-len=1M print_fatal_signals=1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This document may not be entirely up to date and comprehensive. The command
|
||||
"modinfo -p ${modulename}" shows a current list of all parameters of a loadable
|
||||
module. Loadable modules, after being loaded into the running kernel, also
|
||||
|
@ -50,6 +56,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
|
|||
ISAPNP ISA PnP code is enabled.
|
||||
ISDN Appropriate ISDN support is enabled.
|
||||
JOY Appropriate joystick support is enabled.
|
||||
KMEMTRACE kmemtrace is enabled.
|
||||
LIBATA Libata driver is enabled
|
||||
LP Printer support is enabled.
|
||||
LOOP Loopback device support is enabled.
|
||||
|
@ -133,7 +140,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
./include/asm/setup.h as COMMAND_LINE_SIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86-64,i386]
|
||||
acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86]
|
||||
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
|
||||
Format: { force | off | ht | strict | noirq | rsdt }
|
||||
force -- enable ACPI if default was off
|
||||
|
@ -152,60 +159,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
1,0: use 1st APIC table
|
||||
default: 0
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
|
||||
Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig,
|
||||
old_ordering, s4_nonvs }
|
||||
See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on
|
||||
s3_bios and s3_mode.
|
||||
s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
|
||||
as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
|
||||
s4_nohwsig prevents ACPI hardware signature from being
|
||||
used during resume from hibernation.
|
||||
old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
|
||||
control method, with respect to putting devices into
|
||||
low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
|
||||
of _PTS is used by default).
|
||||
s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
|
||||
ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
|
||||
Format: { level | edge | high | low }
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_balance [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
ACPI will balance active IRQs
|
||||
default in APIC mode
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_nobalance [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
ACPI will not move active IRQs (default)
|
||||
default in PIC mode
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_pci= [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, clear listed IRQs for
|
||||
use by PCI
|
||||
Format: <irq>,<irq>...
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_isa= [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, mark listed IRQs used by ISA
|
||||
Format: <irq>,<irq>...
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_no_auto_ssdt [HW,ACPI] Disable automatic loading of SSDT
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_os_name= [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS
|
||||
Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows"
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_osi= [HW,ACPI] Modify list of supported OS interface strings
|
||||
acpi_osi="string1" # add string1 -- only one string
|
||||
acpi_osi="!string2" # remove built-in string2
|
||||
acpi_osi= # disable all strings
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_serialize [HW,ACPI] force serialization of AML methods
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_skip_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Recognize and ignore IRQ0/pin2 Interrupt Override.
|
||||
For broken nForce2 BIOS resulting in XT-PIC timer.
|
||||
acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
|
||||
that require a timer override, but don't have
|
||||
HPET
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_backlight= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
acpi_backlight=vendor
|
||||
acpi_backlight=video
|
||||
|
@ -213,11 +166,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
(e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead
|
||||
of the ACPI video.ko driver.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_display_output= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
acpi_display_output=vendor
|
||||
acpi_display_output=video
|
||||
See above.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG]
|
||||
acpi.debug_level= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG]
|
||||
Format: <int>
|
||||
|
@ -246,6 +194,41 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
unusable. The "log_buf_len" parameter may be useful
|
||||
if you need to capture more output.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_display_output= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
acpi_display_output=vendor
|
||||
acpi_display_output=video
|
||||
See above.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_balance [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
ACPI will balance active IRQs
|
||||
default in APIC mode
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_nobalance [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
ACPI will not move active IRQs (default)
|
||||
default in PIC mode
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_isa= [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, mark listed IRQs used by ISA
|
||||
Format: <irq>,<irq>...
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_irq_pci= [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, clear listed IRQs for
|
||||
use by PCI
|
||||
Format: <irq>,<irq>...
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_no_auto_ssdt [HW,ACPI] Disable automatic loading of SSDT
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_os_name= [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS
|
||||
Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows"
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_osi= [HW,ACPI] Modify list of supported OS interface strings
|
||||
acpi_osi="string1" # add string1 -- only one string
|
||||
acpi_osi="!string2" # remove built-in string2
|
||||
acpi_osi= # disable all strings
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_pm_good [X86]
|
||||
Override the pmtimer bug detection: force the kernel
|
||||
to assume that this machine's pmtimer latches its value
|
||||
and always returns good values.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi.power_nocheck= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Format: 1/0 enable/disable the check of power state.
|
||||
On some bogus BIOS the _PSC object/_STA object of
|
||||
|
@ -254,30 +237,57 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
power state again in power transition.
|
||||
1 : disable the power state check
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_pm_good [X86-32,X86-64]
|
||||
Override the pmtimer bug detection: force the kernel
|
||||
to assume that this machine's pmtimer latches its value
|
||||
and always returns good values.
|
||||
acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
|
||||
Format: { level | edge | high | low }
|
||||
|
||||
agp= [AGP]
|
||||
{ off | try_unsupported }
|
||||
off: disable AGP support
|
||||
try_unsupported: try to drive unsupported chipsets
|
||||
(may crash computer or cause data corruption)
|
||||
acpi_serialize [HW,ACPI] force serialization of AML methods
|
||||
|
||||
enable_timer_pin_1 [i386,x86-64]
|
||||
Enable PIN 1 of APIC timer
|
||||
Can be useful to work around chipset bugs
|
||||
(in particular on some ATI chipsets).
|
||||
The kernel tries to set a reasonable default.
|
||||
acpi_skip_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Recognize and ignore IRQ0/pin2 Interrupt Override.
|
||||
For broken nForce2 BIOS resulting in XT-PIC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
disable_timer_pin_1 [i386,x86-64]
|
||||
Disable PIN 1 of APIC timer
|
||||
Can be useful to work around chipset bugs.
|
||||
acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
|
||||
Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig,
|
||||
old_ordering, s4_nonvs }
|
||||
See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on
|
||||
s3_bios and s3_mode.
|
||||
s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
|
||||
as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
|
||||
s4_nohwsig prevents ACPI hardware signature from being
|
||||
used during resume from hibernation.
|
||||
old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
|
||||
control method, with respect to putting devices into
|
||||
low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
|
||||
of _PTS is used by default).
|
||||
s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
|
||||
ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
|
||||
that require a timer override, but don't have HPET
|
||||
|
||||
acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI]
|
||||
{ strict | lax | no }
|
||||
Check for resource conflicts between native drivers
|
||||
and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory
|
||||
only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be
|
||||
used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and
|
||||
can interfere with legacy drivers.
|
||||
strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI
|
||||
is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved
|
||||
resources will fail to bind to device using them.
|
||||
lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed;
|
||||
legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources
|
||||
will bind successfully but a warning message is logged.
|
||||
no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved,
|
||||
no further checks are performed.
|
||||
|
||||
ad1848= [HW,OSS]
|
||||
Format: <io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<type>
|
||||
|
||||
add_efi_memmap [EFI; X86] Include EFI memory map in
|
||||
kernel's map of available physical RAM.
|
||||
|
||||
advansys= [HW,SCSI]
|
||||
See header of drivers/scsi/advansys.c.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -288,6 +298,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Format: <io>,<irq>,<dma>,<mss_io>,<mpu_io>,<mpu_irq>
|
||||
See also header of sound/oss/aedsp16.c.
|
||||
|
||||
agp= [AGP]
|
||||
{ off | try_unsupported }
|
||||
off: disable AGP support
|
||||
try_unsupported: try to drive unsupported chipsets
|
||||
(may crash computer or cause data corruption)
|
||||
|
||||
aha152x= [HW,SCSI]
|
||||
See Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -335,7 +351,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
not play well with APC CPU idle - disable it if you have
|
||||
APC and your system crashes randomly.
|
||||
|
||||
apic= [APIC,i386] Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
|
||||
apic= [APIC,X86-32] Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
|
||||
Change the output verbosity whilst booting
|
||||
Format: { quiet (default) | verbose | debug }
|
||||
Change the amount of debugging information output
|
||||
|
@ -415,12 +431,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
possible to determine what the correct size should be.
|
||||
This option provides an override for these situations.
|
||||
|
||||
security= [SECURITY] Choose a security module to enable at boot.
|
||||
If this boot parameter is not specified, only the first
|
||||
security module asking for security registration will be
|
||||
loaded. An invalid security module name will be treated
|
||||
as if no module has been chosen.
|
||||
|
||||
capability.disable=
|
||||
[SECURITY] Disable capabilities. This would normally
|
||||
be used only if an alternative security model is to be
|
||||
|
@ -487,29 +497,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Also note the kernel might malfunction if you disable
|
||||
some critical bits.
|
||||
|
||||
code_bytes [IA32/X86_64] How many bytes of object code to print
|
||||
code_bytes [X86] How many bytes of object code to print
|
||||
in an oops report.
|
||||
Range: 0 - 8192
|
||||
Default: 64
|
||||
|
||||
dma_debug=off If the kernel is compiled with DMA_API_DEBUG support
|
||||
this option disables the debugging code at boot.
|
||||
|
||||
dma_debug_entries=<number>
|
||||
This option allows to tune the number of preallocated
|
||||
entries for DMA-API debugging code. One entry is
|
||||
required per DMA-API allocation. Use this if the
|
||||
DMA-API debugging code disables itself because the
|
||||
architectural default is too low.
|
||||
|
||||
hpet= [X86-32,HPET] option to control HPET usage
|
||||
Format: { enable (default) | disable | force |
|
||||
verbose }
|
||||
disable: disable HPET and use PIT instead
|
||||
force: allow force enabled of undocumented chips (ICH4,
|
||||
VIA, nVidia)
|
||||
verbose: show contents of HPET registers during setup
|
||||
|
||||
com20020= [HW,NET] ARCnet - COM20020 chipset
|
||||
Format:
|
||||
<io>[,<irq>[,<nodeID>[,<backplane>[,<ckp>[,<timeout>]]]]]
|
||||
|
@ -553,23 +545,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
console=brl,ttyS0
|
||||
For now, only VisioBraille is supported.
|
||||
|
||||
earlycon= [KNL] Output early console device and options.
|
||||
uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options]
|
||||
uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options]
|
||||
Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
|
||||
UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address.
|
||||
The options are the same as for ttyS, above.
|
||||
|
||||
no_console_suspend
|
||||
[HW] Never suspend the console
|
||||
Disable suspending of consoles during suspend and
|
||||
hibernate operations. Once disabled, debugging
|
||||
messages can reach various consoles while the rest
|
||||
of the system is being put to sleep (ie, while
|
||||
debugging driver suspend/resume hooks). This may
|
||||
not work reliably with all consoles, but is known
|
||||
to work with serial and VGA consoles.
|
||||
|
||||
coredump_filter=
|
||||
[KNL] Change the default value for
|
||||
/proc/<pid>/coredump_filter.
|
||||
|
@ -617,36 +592,22 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
debug_objects [KNL] Enable object debugging
|
||||
|
||||
no_debug_objects
|
||||
[KNL] Disable object debugging
|
||||
|
||||
debugpat [X86] Enable PAT debugging
|
||||
|
||||
decnet.addr= [HW,NET]
|
||||
Format: <area>[,<node>]
|
||||
See also Documentation/networking/decnet.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_blu= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <blue0>,<blue1>,<blue2>,...,<blue15>
|
||||
Change the default blue palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_grn= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <green0>,<green1>,<green2>,...,<green15>
|
||||
Change the default green palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_red= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <red0>,<red1>,<red2>,...,<red15>
|
||||
Change the default red palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_utf8=
|
||||
[VT]
|
||||
Format=<0|1>
|
||||
Set system-wide default UTF-8 mode for all tty's.
|
||||
Default is 1, i.e. UTF-8 mode is enabled for all
|
||||
newly opened terminals.
|
||||
default_hugepagesz=
|
||||
[same as hugepagesz=] The size of the default
|
||||
HugeTLB page size. This is the size represented by
|
||||
the legacy /proc/ hugepages APIs, used for SHM, and
|
||||
default size when mounting hugetlbfs filesystems.
|
||||
Defaults to the default architecture's huge page size
|
||||
if not specified.
|
||||
|
||||
dhash_entries= [KNL]
|
||||
Set number of hash buckets for dentry cache.
|
||||
|
@ -659,27 +620,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
disable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
|
||||
enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
|
||||
The kernel tries to adjust MTRR layout from continuous
|
||||
to discrete, to make X server driver able to add WB
|
||||
entry later. This parameter enables/disables that.
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_chunk_size=nn[KMG] [X86]
|
||||
used for mtrr cleanup. It is largest continous chunk
|
||||
that could hold holes aka. UC entries.
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_gran_size=nn[KMG] [X86]
|
||||
Used for mtrr cleanup. It is granularity of mtrr block.
|
||||
Default is 1.
|
||||
Large value could prevent small alignment from
|
||||
using up MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_spare_reg_nr=n [X86]
|
||||
Format: <integer>
|
||||
Range: 0,7 : spare reg number
|
||||
Default : 1
|
||||
Used for mtrr cleanup. It is spare mtrr entries number.
|
||||
Set to 2 or more if your graphical card needs more.
|
||||
entry later. This parameter disables that.
|
||||
|
||||
disable_mtrr_trim [X86, Intel and AMD only]
|
||||
By default the kernel will trim any uncacheable
|
||||
|
@ -687,13 +630,39 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
MTRR settings. This parameter disables that behavior,
|
||||
possibly causing your machine to run very slowly.
|
||||
|
||||
disable_timer_pin_1 [X86]
|
||||
Disable PIN 1 of APIC timer
|
||||
Can be useful to work around chipset bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
dmasound= [HW,OSS] Sound subsystem buffers
|
||||
|
||||
dma_debug=off If the kernel is compiled with DMA_API_DEBUG support,
|
||||
this option disables the debugging code at boot.
|
||||
|
||||
dma_debug_entries=<number>
|
||||
This option allows to tune the number of preallocated
|
||||
entries for DMA-API debugging code. One entry is
|
||||
required per DMA-API allocation. Use this if the
|
||||
DMA-API debugging code disables itself because the
|
||||
architectural default is too low.
|
||||
|
||||
dscc4.setup= [NET]
|
||||
|
||||
dtc3181e= [HW,SCSI]
|
||||
|
||||
earlyprintk= [X86-32,X86-64,SH,BLACKFIN]
|
||||
dynamic_printk Enables pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls if
|
||||
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG has been enabled.
|
||||
These can also be switched on/off via
|
||||
<debugfs>/dynamic_printk/modules
|
||||
|
||||
earlycon= [KNL] Output early console device and options.
|
||||
uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options]
|
||||
uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options]
|
||||
Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
|
||||
UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address.
|
||||
The options are the same as for ttyS, above.
|
||||
|
||||
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN]
|
||||
earlyprintk=vga
|
||||
earlyprintk=serial[,ttySn[,baudrate]]
|
||||
earlyprintk=dbgp
|
||||
|
@ -728,12 +697,23 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
See Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt and
|
||||
Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
elfcorehdr= [IA64,PPC,SH,X86-32,X86_64]
|
||||
elfcorehdr= [IA64,PPC,SH,X86]
|
||||
Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
|
||||
image elf header. Generally kexec loader will
|
||||
pass this option to capture kernel.
|
||||
See Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
|
||||
The kernel tries to adjust MTRR layout from continuous
|
||||
to discrete, to make X server driver able to add WB
|
||||
entry later. This parameter enables that.
|
||||
|
||||
enable_timer_pin_1 [X86]
|
||||
Enable PIN 1 of APIC timer
|
||||
Can be useful to work around chipset bugs
|
||||
(in particular on some ATI chipsets).
|
||||
The kernel tries to set a reasonable default.
|
||||
|
||||
enforcing [SELINUX] Set initial enforcing status.
|
||||
Format: {"0" | "1"}
|
||||
See security/selinux/Kconfig help text.
|
||||
|
@ -801,7 +781,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
hashdist= [KNL,NUMA] Large hashes allocated during boot
|
||||
are distributed across NUMA nodes. Defaults on
|
||||
for IA-64, off otherwise.
|
||||
for 64bit NUMA, off otherwise.
|
||||
Format: 0 | 1 (for off | on)
|
||||
|
||||
hcl= [IA-64] SGI's Hardware Graph compatibility layer
|
||||
|
@ -821,6 +801,16 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
hisax= [HW,ISDN]
|
||||
See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax.
|
||||
|
||||
hlt [BUGS=ARM,SH]
|
||||
|
||||
hpet= [X86-32,HPET] option to control HPET usage
|
||||
Format: { enable (default) | disable | force |
|
||||
verbose }
|
||||
disable: disable HPET and use PIT instead
|
||||
force: allow force enabled of undocumented chips (ICH4,
|
||||
VIA, nVidia)
|
||||
verbose: show contents of HPET registers during setup
|
||||
|
||||
hugepages= [HW,X86-32,IA-64] HugeTLB pages to allocate at boot.
|
||||
hugepagesz= [HW,IA-64,PPC,X86-64] The size of the HugeTLB pages.
|
||||
On x86-64 and powerpc, this option can be specified
|
||||
|
@ -830,15 +820,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
(when the CPU supports the "pdpe1gb" cpuinfo flag)
|
||||
Note that 1GB pages can only be allocated at boot time
|
||||
using hugepages= and not freed afterwards.
|
||||
default_hugepagesz=
|
||||
[same as hugepagesz=] The size of the default
|
||||
HugeTLB page size. This is the size represented by
|
||||
the legacy /proc/ hugepages APIs, used for SHM, and
|
||||
default size when mounting hugetlbfs filesystems.
|
||||
Defaults to the default architecture's huge page size
|
||||
if not specified.
|
||||
|
||||
hlt [BUGS=ARM,SH]
|
||||
|
||||
hvc_iucv= [S390] Number of z/VM IUCV hypervisor console (HVC)
|
||||
terminal devices. Valid values: 0..8
|
||||
|
@ -899,6 +880,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
idebus= [HW] (E)IDE subsystem - VLB/PCI bus speed
|
||||
See Documentation/ide/ide.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem
|
||||
Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
|
||||
|
||||
idle= [X86]
|
||||
Format: idle=poll, idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
|
||||
Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
|
||||
|
@ -914,9 +898,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
|
||||
idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
|
||||
|
||||
ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem
|
||||
Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
|
||||
|
||||
ignore_loglevel [KNL]
|
||||
Ignore loglevel setting - this will print /all/
|
||||
kernel messages to the console. Useful for debugging.
|
||||
|
@ -950,25 +931,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
inport.irq= [HW] Inport (ATI XL and Microsoft) busmouse driver
|
||||
Format: <irq>
|
||||
|
||||
inttest= [IA64]
|
||||
|
||||
iomem= Disable strict checking of access to MMIO memory
|
||||
strict regions from userspace.
|
||||
relaxed
|
||||
|
||||
iommu= [x86]
|
||||
off
|
||||
force
|
||||
noforce
|
||||
biomerge
|
||||
panic
|
||||
nopanic
|
||||
merge
|
||||
nomerge
|
||||
forcesac
|
||||
soft
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
intel_iommu= [DMAR] Intel IOMMU driver (DMAR) option
|
||||
on
|
||||
Enable intel iommu driver.
|
||||
|
@ -992,7 +954,29 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
result in a hardware IOTLB flush operation as opposed
|
||||
to batching them for performance.
|
||||
|
||||
io_delay= [X86-32,X86-64] I/O delay method
|
||||
inttest= [IA64]
|
||||
|
||||
iomem= Disable strict checking of access to MMIO memory
|
||||
strict regions from userspace.
|
||||
relaxed
|
||||
|
||||
iommu= [x86]
|
||||
off
|
||||
force
|
||||
noforce
|
||||
biomerge
|
||||
panic
|
||||
nopanic
|
||||
merge
|
||||
nomerge
|
||||
forcesac
|
||||
soft
|
||||
|
||||
io7= [HW] IO7 for Marvel based alpha systems
|
||||
See comment before marvel_specify_io7 in
|
||||
arch/alpha/kernel/core_marvel.c.
|
||||
|
||||
io_delay= [X86] I/O delay method
|
||||
0x80
|
||||
Standard port 0x80 based delay
|
||||
0xed
|
||||
|
@ -1002,10 +986,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
none
|
||||
No delay
|
||||
|
||||
io7= [HW] IO7 for Marvel based alpha systems
|
||||
See comment before marvel_specify_io7 in
|
||||
arch/alpha/kernel/core_marvel.c.
|
||||
|
||||
ip= [IP_PNP]
|
||||
See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1016,12 +996,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
ips= [HW,SCSI] Adaptec / IBM ServeRAID controller
|
||||
See header of drivers/scsi/ips.c.
|
||||
|
||||
ports= [IP_VS_FTP] IPVS ftp helper module
|
||||
Default is 21.
|
||||
Up to 8 (IP_VS_APP_MAX_PORTS) ports
|
||||
may be specified.
|
||||
Format: <port>,<port>....
|
||||
|
||||
irqfixup [HW]
|
||||
When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
|
||||
for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken
|
||||
|
@ -1062,7 +1036,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
js= [HW,JOY] Analog joystick
|
||||
See Documentation/input/joystick.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
kernelcore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86-32,IA-64,PPC,X86-64] This parameter
|
||||
keepinitrd [HW,ARM]
|
||||
|
||||
kernelcore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] This parameter
|
||||
specifies the amount of memory usable by the kernel
|
||||
for non-movable allocations. The requested amount is
|
||||
spread evenly throughout all nodes in the system. The
|
||||
|
@ -1078,20 +1054,14 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal
|
||||
zone if it does not.
|
||||
|
||||
movablecore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86-32,IA-64,PPC,X86-64] This parameter
|
||||
is similar to kernelcore except it specifies the
|
||||
amount of memory used for migratable allocations.
|
||||
If both kernelcore and movablecore is specified,
|
||||
then kernelcore will be at *least* the specified
|
||||
value but may be more. If movablecore on its own
|
||||
is specified, the administrator must be careful
|
||||
that the amount of memory usable for all allocations
|
||||
is not too small.
|
||||
kmemtrace.enable= [KNL,KMEMTRACE] Format: { yes | no }
|
||||
Controls whether kmemtrace is enabled
|
||||
at boot-time.
|
||||
|
||||
keepinitrd [HW,ARM]
|
||||
|
||||
kstack=N [X86-32,X86-64] Print N words from the kernel stack
|
||||
in oops dumps.
|
||||
kmemtrace.subbufs=n [KNL,KMEMTRACE] Overrides the number of
|
||||
subbufs kmemtrace's relay channel has. Set this
|
||||
higher than default (KMEMTRACE_N_SUBBUFS in code) if
|
||||
you experience buffer overruns.
|
||||
|
||||
kgdboc= [HW] kgdb over consoles.
|
||||
Requires a tty driver that supports console polling.
|
||||
|
@ -1102,6 +1072,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Configure the RouterBoard 532 series on-chip
|
||||
Ethernet adapter MAC address.
|
||||
|
||||
kstack=N [X86] Print N words from the kernel stack
|
||||
in oops dumps.
|
||||
|
||||
l2cr= [PPC]
|
||||
|
||||
l3cr= [PPC]
|
||||
|
@ -1109,7 +1082,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
lapic [X86-32,APIC] Enable the local APIC even if BIOS
|
||||
disabled it.
|
||||
|
||||
lapic_timer_c2_ok [X86-32,x86-64,APIC] trust the local apic timer
|
||||
lapic_timer_c2_ok [X86,APIC] trust the local apic timer
|
||||
in C2 power state.
|
||||
|
||||
libata.dma= [LIBATA] DMA control
|
||||
|
@ -1247,9 +1220,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
(machvec) in a generic kernel.
|
||||
Example: machvec=hpzx1_swiotlb
|
||||
|
||||
max_loop= [LOOP] Maximum number of loopback devices that can
|
||||
be mounted
|
||||
Format: <1-256>
|
||||
max_addr=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,ia64] All physical memory greater
|
||||
than or equal to this physical address is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
maxcpus= [SMP] Maximum number of processors that an SMP kernel
|
||||
should make use of. maxcpus=n : n >= 0 limits the
|
||||
|
@ -1257,8 +1229,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
it is equivalent to "nosmp", which also disables
|
||||
the IO APIC.
|
||||
|
||||
max_addr=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,ia64] All physical memory greater than
|
||||
or equal to this physical address is ignored.
|
||||
max_loop= [LOOP] Maximum number of loopback devices that can
|
||||
be mounted
|
||||
Format: <1-256>
|
||||
|
||||
max_luns= [SCSI] Maximum number of LUNs to probe.
|
||||
Should be between 1 and 2^32-1.
|
||||
|
@ -1294,7 +1267,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
[KNL,SH] Allow user to override the default size for
|
||||
per-device physically contiguous DMA buffers.
|
||||
|
||||
memmap=exactmap [KNL,X86-32,X86_64] Enable setting of an exact
|
||||
memmap=exactmap [KNL,X86] Enable setting of an exact
|
||||
E820 memory map, as specified by the user.
|
||||
Such memmap=exactmap lines can be constructed based on
|
||||
BIOS output or other requirements. See the memmap=nn@ss
|
||||
|
@ -1385,6 +1358,16 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
mousedev.yres= [MOUSE] Vertical screen resolution, used for devices
|
||||
reporting absolute coordinates, such as tablets
|
||||
|
||||
movablecore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] This parameter
|
||||
is similar to kernelcore except it specifies the
|
||||
amount of memory used for migratable allocations.
|
||||
If both kernelcore and movablecore is specified,
|
||||
then kernelcore will be at *least* the specified
|
||||
value but may be more. If movablecore on its own
|
||||
is specified, the administrator must be careful
|
||||
that the amount of memory usable for all allocations
|
||||
is not too small.
|
||||
|
||||
mpu401= [HW,OSS]
|
||||
Format: <io>,<irq>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1406,6 +1389,23 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
[HW] Make the MicroTouch USB driver use raw coordinates
|
||||
('y', default) or cooked coordinates ('n')
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_chunk_size=nn[KMG] [X86]
|
||||
used for mtrr cleanup. It is largest continous chunk
|
||||
that could hold holes aka. UC entries.
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_gran_size=nn[KMG] [X86]
|
||||
Used for mtrr cleanup. It is granularity of mtrr block.
|
||||
Default is 1.
|
||||
Large value could prevent small alignment from
|
||||
using up MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
mtrr_spare_reg_nr=n [X86]
|
||||
Format: <integer>
|
||||
Range: 0,7 : spare reg number
|
||||
Default : 1
|
||||
Used for mtrr cleanup. It is spare mtrr entries number.
|
||||
Set to 2 or more if your graphical card needs more.
|
||||
|
||||
n2= [NET] SDL Inc. RISCom/N2 synchronous serial card
|
||||
|
||||
NCR_D700= [HW,SCSI]
|
||||
|
@ -1460,17 +1460,19 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
when a NMI is triggered.
|
||||
Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die]
|
||||
|
||||
nmi_watchdog= [KNL,BUGS=X86-32,X86-64] Debugging features for SMP kernels
|
||||
nmi_watchdog= [KNL,BUGS=X86] Debugging features for SMP kernels
|
||||
Format: [panic,][num]
|
||||
Valid num: 0,1,2
|
||||
0 - turn nmi_watchdog off
|
||||
1 - use the IO-APIC timer for the NMI watchdog
|
||||
2 - use the local APIC for the NMI watchdog using
|
||||
a performance counter. Note: This will use one performance
|
||||
counter and the local APIC's performance vector.
|
||||
When panic is specified panic when an NMI watchdog timeout occurs.
|
||||
This is useful when you use a panic=... timeout and need the box
|
||||
quickly up again.
|
||||
a performance counter. Note: This will use one
|
||||
performance counter and the local APIC's performance
|
||||
vector.
|
||||
When panic is specified, panic when an NMI watchdog
|
||||
timeout occurs.
|
||||
This is useful when you use a panic=... timeout and
|
||||
need the box quickly up again.
|
||||
Instead of 1 and 2 it is possible to use the following
|
||||
symbolic names: lapic and ioapic
|
||||
Example: nmi_watchdog=2 or nmi_watchdog=panic,lapic
|
||||
|
@ -1479,6 +1481,16 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
emulation library even if a 387 maths coprocessor
|
||||
is present.
|
||||
|
||||
no_console_suspend
|
||||
[HW] Never suspend the console
|
||||
Disable suspending of consoles during suspend and
|
||||
hibernate operations. Once disabled, debugging
|
||||
messages can reach various consoles while the rest
|
||||
of the system is being put to sleep (ie, while
|
||||
debugging driver suspend/resume hooks). This may
|
||||
not work reliably with all consoles, but is known
|
||||
to work with serial and VGA consoles.
|
||||
|
||||
noaliencache [MM, NUMA, SLAB] Disables the allocation of alien
|
||||
caches in the slab allocator. Saves per-node memory,
|
||||
but will impact performance.
|
||||
|
@ -1493,17 +1505,19 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
nocache [ARM]
|
||||
|
||||
noclflush [BUGS=X86] Don't use the CLFLUSH instruction
|
||||
|
||||
nodelayacct [KNL] Disable per-task delay accounting
|
||||
|
||||
nodisconnect [HW,SCSI,M68K] Disables SCSI disconnects.
|
||||
|
||||
nodsp [SH] Disable hardware DSP at boot time.
|
||||
|
||||
noefi [X86-32,X86-64] Disable EFI runtime services support.
|
||||
noefi [X86] Disable EFI runtime services support.
|
||||
|
||||
noexec [IA-64]
|
||||
|
||||
noexec [X86-32,X86-64]
|
||||
noexec [X86]
|
||||
On X86-32 available only on PAE configured kernels.
|
||||
noexec=on: enable non-executable mappings (default)
|
||||
noexec=off: disable non-executable mappings
|
||||
|
@ -1521,8 +1535,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
register save and restore. The kernel will only save
|
||||
legacy floating-point registers on task switch.
|
||||
|
||||
noclflush [BUGS=X86] Don't use the CLFLUSH instruction
|
||||
|
||||
nohlt [BUGS=ARM,SH] Tells the kernel that the sleep(SH) or
|
||||
wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
|
||||
use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger.
|
||||
|
@ -1546,10 +1558,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Valid arguments: on, off
|
||||
Default: on
|
||||
|
||||
noiotrap [SH] Disables trapped I/O port accesses.
|
||||
|
||||
noirqdebug [X86-32] Disables the code which attempts to detect and
|
||||
disable unhandled interrupt sources.
|
||||
|
||||
no_timer_check [X86-32,X86_64,APIC] Disables the code which tests for
|
||||
no_timer_check [X86,APIC] Disables the code which tests for
|
||||
broken timer IRQ sources.
|
||||
|
||||
noisapnp [ISAPNP] Disables ISA PnP code.
|
||||
|
@ -1565,12 +1579,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
nolapic_timer [X86-32,APIC] Do not use the local APIC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
nox2apic [X86-64,APIC] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
|
||||
|
||||
x2apic_phys [X86-64,APIC] Use x2apic physical mode instead of
|
||||
default x2apic cluster mode on platforms
|
||||
supporting x2apic.
|
||||
|
||||
noltlbs [PPC] Do not use large page/tlb entries for kernel
|
||||
lowmem mapping on PPC40x.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1581,6 +1589,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
nomfgpt [X86-32] Disable Multi-Function General Purpose
|
||||
Timer usage (for AMD Geode machines).
|
||||
|
||||
norandmaps Don't use address space randomization. Equivalent to
|
||||
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||
|
||||
noreplace-paravirt [X86-32,PV_OPS] Don't patch paravirt_ops
|
||||
|
||||
noreplace-smp [X86-32,SMP] Don't replace SMP instructions
|
||||
|
@ -1615,17 +1626,19 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
nowb [ARM]
|
||||
|
||||
nox2apic [X86-64,APIC] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
|
||||
|
||||
nptcg= [IA64] Override max number of concurrent global TLB
|
||||
purges which is reported from either PAL_VM_SUMMARY or
|
||||
SAL PALO.
|
||||
|
||||
nr_uarts= [SERIAL] maximum number of UARTs to be registered.
|
||||
|
||||
numa_zonelist_order= [KNL, BOOT] Select zonelist order for NUMA.
|
||||
one of ['zone', 'node', 'default'] can be specified
|
||||
This can be set from sysctl after boot.
|
||||
See Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
nr_uarts= [SERIAL] maximum number of UARTs to be registered.
|
||||
|
||||
ohci1394_dma=early [HW] enable debugging via the ohci1394 driver.
|
||||
See Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt for more
|
||||
info.
|
||||
|
@ -1716,7 +1729,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
disable the use of PCIE advanced error reporting.
|
||||
nodomains [PCI] Disable support for multiple PCI
|
||||
root domains (aka PCI segments, in ACPI-speak).
|
||||
nommconf [X86-32,X86_64] Disable use of MMCONFIG for PCI
|
||||
nommconf [X86] Disable use of MMCONFIG for PCI
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
nomsi [MSI] If the PCI_MSI kernel config parameter is
|
||||
enabled, this kernel boot option can be used to
|
||||
|
@ -1865,6 +1878,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
autoconfiguration.
|
||||
Ranges are in pairs (memory base and size).
|
||||
|
||||
ports= [IP_VS_FTP] IPVS ftp helper module
|
||||
Default is 21.
|
||||
Up to 8 (IP_VS_APP_MAX_PORTS) ports
|
||||
may be specified.
|
||||
Format: <port>,<port>....
|
||||
|
||||
print-fatal-signals=
|
||||
[KNL] debug: print fatal signals
|
||||
print-fatal-signals=1: print segfault info to
|
||||
|
@ -1874,6 +1893,14 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
printk.time= Show timing data prefixed to each printk message line
|
||||
Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable)
|
||||
|
||||
processor.max_cstate= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Limit processor to maximum C-state
|
||||
max_cstate=9 overrides any DMI blacklist limit.
|
||||
|
||||
processor.nocst [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Ignore the _CST method to determine C-states,
|
||||
instead using the legacy FADT method
|
||||
|
||||
profile= [KNL] Enable kernel profiling via /proc/profile
|
||||
Format: [schedule,]<number>
|
||||
Param: "schedule" - profile schedule points.
|
||||
|
@ -1883,14 +1910,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Requires CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS
|
||||
Param: "kvm" - profile VM exits.
|
||||
|
||||
processor.max_cstate= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Limit processor to maximum C-state
|
||||
max_cstate=9 overrides any DMI blacklist limit.
|
||||
|
||||
processor.nocst [HW,ACPI]
|
||||
Ignore the _CST method to determine C-states,
|
||||
instead using the legacy FADT method
|
||||
|
||||
prompt_ramdisk= [RAM] List of RAM disks to prompt for floppy disk
|
||||
before loading.
|
||||
See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
|
||||
|
@ -2044,7 +2063,13 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
allowing boot to proceed. none ignores them, expecting
|
||||
user space to do the scan.
|
||||
|
||||
selinux [SELINUX] Disable or enable SELinux at boot time.
|
||||
security= [SECURITY] Choose a security module to enable at boot.
|
||||
If this boot parameter is not specified, only the first
|
||||
security module asking for security registration will be
|
||||
loaded. An invalid security module name will be treated
|
||||
as if no module has been chosen.
|
||||
|
||||
selinux= [SELINUX] Disable or enable SELinux at boot time.
|
||||
Format: { "0" | "1" }
|
||||
See security/selinux/Kconfig help text.
|
||||
0 -- disable.
|
||||
|
@ -2364,6 +2389,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
tp720= [HW,PS2]
|
||||
|
||||
trace_buf_size=nn[KMG] [ftrace] will set tracing buffer size.
|
||||
|
||||
trix= [HW,OSS] MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro
|
||||
Format:
|
||||
<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<sb_io>,<sb_irq>,<sb_dma>,<mpu_io>,<mpu_irq>
|
||||
|
@ -2399,7 +2426,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
reported either.
|
||||
|
||||
unknown_nmi_panic
|
||||
[X86-32,X86-64]
|
||||
[X86]
|
||||
Set unknown_nmi_panic=1 early on boot.
|
||||
|
||||
usbcore.autosuspend=
|
||||
|
@ -2466,15 +2493,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
medium is write-protected).
|
||||
Example: quirks=0419:aaf5:rl,0421:0433:rc
|
||||
|
||||
add_efi_memmap [EFI; x86-32,X86-64] Include EFI memory map in
|
||||
kernel's map of available physical RAM.
|
||||
|
||||
vdso= [X86-32,SH,x86-64]
|
||||
vdso= [X86,SH]
|
||||
vdso=2: enable compat VDSO (default with COMPAT_VDSO)
|
||||
vdso=1: enable VDSO (default)
|
||||
vdso=0: disable VDSO mapping
|
||||
|
||||
vdso32= [X86-32,X86-64]
|
||||
vdso32= [X86]
|
||||
vdso32=2: enable compat VDSO (default with COMPAT_VDSO)
|
||||
vdso32=1: enable 32-bit VDSO (default)
|
||||
vdso32=0: disable 32-bit VDSO mapping
|
||||
|
@ -2507,6 +2531,31 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
vmpoff= [KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after power off.
|
||||
Format: <command>
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_blu= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <blue0>,<blue1>,<blue2>,...,<blue15>
|
||||
Change the default blue palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_grn= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <green0>,<green1>,<green2>,...,<green15>
|
||||
Change the default green palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_red= [VT]
|
||||
Format: <red0>,<red1>,<red2>,...,<red15>
|
||||
Change the default red palette of the console.
|
||||
This is a 16-member array composed of values
|
||||
ranging from 0-255.
|
||||
|
||||
vt.default_utf8=
|
||||
[VT]
|
||||
Format=<0|1>
|
||||
Set system-wide default UTF-8 mode for all tty's.
|
||||
Default is 1, i.e. UTF-8 mode is enabled for all
|
||||
newly opened terminals.
|
||||
|
||||
waveartist= [HW,OSS]
|
||||
Format: <io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2519,6 +2568,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
wdt= [WDT] Watchdog
|
||||
See Documentation/watchdog/wdt.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
x2apic_phys [X86-64,APIC] Use x2apic physical mode instead of
|
||||
default x2apic cluster mode on platforms
|
||||
supporting x2apic.
|
||||
|
||||
xd= [HW,XT] Original XT pre-IDE (RLL encoded) disks.
|
||||
xd_geo= See header of drivers/block/xd.c.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2526,9 +2579,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Format:
|
||||
<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
|
||||
|
||||
norandmaps Don't use address space randomization. Equivalent to
|
||||
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||
|
||||
______________________________________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -212,7 +212,9 @@ hit, Kprobes calls kp->pre_handler. After the probed instruction
|
|||
is single-stepped, Kprobe calls kp->post_handler. If a fault
|
||||
occurs during execution of kp->pre_handler or kp->post_handler,
|
||||
or during single-stepping of the probed instruction, Kprobes calls
|
||||
kp->fault_handler. Any or all handlers can be NULL.
|
||||
kp->fault_handler. Any or all handlers can be NULL. If kp->flags
|
||||
is set KPROBE_FLAG_DISABLED, that kp will be registered but disabled,
|
||||
so, it's handlers aren't hit until calling enable_kprobe(kp).
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE:
|
||||
1. With the introduction of the "symbol_name" field to struct kprobe,
|
||||
|
@ -363,6 +365,26 @@ probes) in the specified array, they clear the addr field of those
|
|||
incorrect probes. However, other probes in the array are
|
||||
unregistered correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7 disable_*probe
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/kprobes.h>
|
||||
int disable_kprobe(struct kprobe *kp);
|
||||
int disable_kretprobe(struct kretprobe *rp);
|
||||
int disable_jprobe(struct jprobe *jp);
|
||||
|
||||
Temporarily disables the specified *probe. You can enable it again by using
|
||||
enable_*probe(). You must specify the probe which has been registered.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8 enable_*probe
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/kprobes.h>
|
||||
int enable_kprobe(struct kprobe *kp);
|
||||
int enable_kretprobe(struct kretprobe *rp);
|
||||
int enable_jprobe(struct jprobe *jp);
|
||||
|
||||
Enables *probe which has been disabled by disable_*probe(). You must specify
|
||||
the probe which has been registered.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Kprobes Features and Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
Kprobes allows multiple probes at the same address. Currently,
|
||||
|
@ -500,10 +522,14 @@ the probe. If the probed function belongs to a module, the module name
|
|||
is also specified. Following columns show probe status. If the probe is on
|
||||
a virtual address that is no longer valid (module init sections, module
|
||||
virtual addresses that correspond to modules that've been unloaded),
|
||||
such probes are marked with [GONE].
|
||||
such probes are marked with [GONE]. If the probe is temporarily disabled,
|
||||
such probes are marked with [DISABLED].
|
||||
|
||||
/debug/kprobes/enabled: Turn kprobes ON/OFF
|
||||
/debug/kprobes/enabled: Turn kprobes ON/OFF forcibly.
|
||||
|
||||
Provides a knob to globally turn registered kprobes ON or OFF. By default,
|
||||
all kprobes are enabled. By echoing "0" to this file, all registered probes
|
||||
will be disarmed, till such time a "1" is echoed to this file.
|
||||
Provides a knob to globally and forcibly turn registered kprobes ON or OFF.
|
||||
By default, all kprobes are enabled. By echoing "0" to this file, all
|
||||
registered probes will be disarmed, till such time a "1" is echoed to this
|
||||
file. Note that this knob just disarms and arms all kprobes and doesn't
|
||||
change each probe's disabling state. This means that disabled kprobes (marked
|
||||
[DISABLED]) will be not enabled if you turn ON all kprobes by this knob.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
Acer Laptop WMI Extras Driver
|
||||
http://code.google.com/p/aceracpi
|
||||
Version 0.2
|
||||
18th August 2008
|
||||
Version 0.3
|
||||
4th April 2009
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2007-2008 Carlos Corbacho <carlos@strangeworlds.co.uk>
|
||||
Copyright 2007-2009 Carlos Corbacho <carlos@strangeworlds.co.uk>
|
||||
|
||||
acer-wmi is a driver to allow you to control various parts of your Acer laptop
|
||||
hardware under Linux which are exposed via ACPI-WMI.
|
||||
|
@ -36,6 +36,10 @@ not possible in kernel space from a 64 bit OS.
|
|||
Supported Hardware
|
||||
******************
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The Acer Aspire One is not supported hardware. It cannot work with
|
||||
acer-wmi until Acer fix their ACPI-WMI implementation on them, so has been
|
||||
blacklisted until that happens.
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the website for the current list of known working hardare:
|
||||
|
||||
http://code.google.com/p/aceracpi/wiki/SupportedHardware
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
ThinkPad ACPI Extras Driver
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.22
|
||||
November 23rd, 2008
|
||||
Version 0.23
|
||||
April 10th, 2009
|
||||
|
||||
Borislav Deianov <borislav@users.sf.net>
|
||||
Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
|
||||
|
@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ moved to the drivers/misc tree and renamed to thinkpad-acpi for kernel
|
|||
kernel 2.6.29 and release 0.22.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver is named "thinkpad-acpi". In some places, like module
|
||||
names, "thinkpad_acpi" is used because of userspace issues.
|
||||
names and log messages, "thinkpad_acpi" is used because of userspace
|
||||
issues.
|
||||
|
||||
"tpacpi" is used as a shorthand where "thinkpad-acpi" would be too
|
||||
long due to length limitations on some Linux kernel versions.
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ detailed description):
|
|||
- ThinkLight on and off
|
||||
- limited docking and undocking
|
||||
- UltraBay eject
|
||||
- CMOS control
|
||||
- CMOS/UCMS control
|
||||
- LED control
|
||||
- ACPI sounds
|
||||
- temperature sensors
|
||||
|
@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ detailed description):
|
|||
- Volume control
|
||||
- Fan control and monitoring: fan speed, fan enable/disable
|
||||
- WAN enable and disable
|
||||
- UWB enable and disable
|
||||
|
||||
A compatibility table by model and feature is maintained on the web
|
||||
site, http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/. I appreciate any success or failure
|
||||
|
@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ reports, especially if they add to or correct the compatibility table.
|
|||
Please include the following information in your report:
|
||||
|
||||
- ThinkPad model name
|
||||
- a copy of your DSDT, from /proc/acpi/dsdt
|
||||
- a copy of your ACPI tables, using the "acpidump" utility
|
||||
- a copy of the output of dmidecode, with serial numbers
|
||||
and UUIDs masked off
|
||||
- which driver features work and which don't
|
||||
|
@ -66,17 +68,18 @@ Installation
|
|||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you are compiling this driver as included in the Linux kernel
|
||||
sources, simply enable the CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI option, and optionally
|
||||
enable the CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI_BAY option if you want the
|
||||
thinkpad-specific bay functionality.
|
||||
sources, look for the CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI Kconfig option.
|
||||
It is located on the menu path: "Device Drivers" -> "X86 Platform
|
||||
Specific Device Drivers" -> "ThinkPad ACPI Laptop Extras".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The driver exports two different interfaces to userspace, which can be
|
||||
used to access the features it provides. One is a legacy procfs-based
|
||||
interface, which will be removed at some time in the distant future.
|
||||
The other is a new sysfs-based interface which is not complete yet.
|
||||
interface, which will be removed at some time in the future. The other
|
||||
is a new sysfs-based interface which is not complete yet.
|
||||
|
||||
The procfs interface creates the /proc/acpi/ibm directory. There is a
|
||||
file under that directory for each feature it supports. The procfs
|
||||
|
@ -111,15 +114,17 @@ The version of thinkpad-acpi's sysfs interface is exported by the driver
|
|||
as a driver attribute (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs driver attributes are on the driver's sysfs attribute space,
|
||||
for 2.6.23 this is /sys/bus/platform/drivers/thinkpad_acpi/ and
|
||||
for 2.6.23+ this is /sys/bus/platform/drivers/thinkpad_acpi/ and
|
||||
/sys/bus/platform/drivers/thinkpad_hwmon/
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs device attributes are on the thinkpad_acpi device sysfs attribute
|
||||
space, for 2.6.23 this is /sys/devices/platform/thinkpad_acpi/.
|
||||
space, for 2.6.23+ this is /sys/devices/platform/thinkpad_acpi/.
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs device attributes for the sensors and fan are on the
|
||||
thinkpad_hwmon device's sysfs attribute space, but you should locate it
|
||||
looking for a hwmon device with the name attribute of "thinkpad".
|
||||
looking for a hwmon device with the name attribute of "thinkpad", or
|
||||
better yet, through libsensors.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Driver version
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
@ -129,6 +134,7 @@ sysfs driver attribute: version
|
|||
|
||||
The driver name and version. No commands can be written to this file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs interface version
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -160,6 +166,7 @@ expect that an attribute might not be there, and deal with it properly
|
|||
(an attribute not being there *is* a valid way to make it clear that a
|
||||
feature is not available in sysfs).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Hot keys
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -172,17 +179,14 @@ system. Enabling the hotkey functionality of thinkpad-acpi signals the
|
|||
firmware that such a driver is present, and modifies how the ThinkPad
|
||||
firmware will behave in many situations.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver enables the hot key feature automatically when loaded. The
|
||||
feature can later be disabled and enabled back at runtime. The driver
|
||||
will also restore the hot key feature to its previous state and mask
|
||||
when it is unloaded.
|
||||
The driver enables the HKEY ("hot key") event reporting automatically
|
||||
when loaded, and disables it when it is removed.
|
||||
|
||||
When the hotkey feature is enabled and the hot key mask is set (see
|
||||
below), the driver will report HKEY events in the following format:
|
||||
The driver will report HKEY events in the following format:
|
||||
|
||||
ibm/hotkey HKEY 00000080 0000xxxx
|
||||
|
||||
Some of these events refer to hot key presses, but not all.
|
||||
Some of these events refer to hot key presses, but not all of them.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver will generate events over the input layer for hot keys and
|
||||
radio switches, and over the ACPI netlink layer for other events. The
|
||||
|
@ -214,13 +218,17 @@ procfs notes:
|
|||
|
||||
The following commands can be written to the /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey file:
|
||||
|
||||
echo enable > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- enable the hot keys feature
|
||||
echo disable > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- disable the hot keys feature
|
||||
echo 0xffffffff > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- enable all hot keys
|
||||
echo 0 > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- disable all possible hot keys
|
||||
... any other 8-hex-digit mask ...
|
||||
echo reset > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- restore the original mask
|
||||
|
||||
The following commands have been deprecated and will cause the kernel
|
||||
to log a warning:
|
||||
|
||||
echo enable > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- does nothing
|
||||
echo disable > /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey -- returns an error
|
||||
|
||||
The procfs interface does not support NVRAM polling control. So as to
|
||||
maintain maximum bug-to-bug compatibility, it does not report any masks,
|
||||
nor does it allow one to manipulate the hot key mask when the firmware
|
||||
|
@ -229,12 +237,9 @@ does not support masks at all, even if NVRAM polling is in use.
|
|||
sysfs notes:
|
||||
|
||||
hotkey_bios_enabled:
|
||||
Returns the status of the hot keys feature when
|
||||
thinkpad-acpi was loaded. Upon module unload, the hot
|
||||
key feature status will be restored to this value.
|
||||
DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON.
|
||||
|
||||
0: hot keys were disabled
|
||||
1: hot keys were enabled (unusual)
|
||||
Returns 0.
|
||||
|
||||
hotkey_bios_mask:
|
||||
Returns the hot keys mask when thinkpad-acpi was loaded.
|
||||
|
@ -242,13 +247,10 @@ sysfs notes:
|
|||
to this value.
|
||||
|
||||
hotkey_enable:
|
||||
Enables/disables the hot keys feature in the ACPI
|
||||
firmware, and reports current status of the hot keys
|
||||
feature. Has no effect on the NVRAM hot key polling
|
||||
functionality.
|
||||
DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON.
|
||||
|
||||
0: disables the hot keys feature / feature disabled
|
||||
1: enables the hot keys feature / feature enabled
|
||||
0: returns -EPERM
|
||||
1: does nothing
|
||||
|
||||
hotkey_mask:
|
||||
bit mask to enable driver-handling (and depending on
|
||||
|
@ -618,6 +620,7 @@ For Lenovo models *with* ACPI backlight control:
|
|||
and map them to KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN. Process
|
||||
these keys on userspace somehow (e.g. by calling xbacklight).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bluetooth
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -628,6 +631,9 @@ sysfs rfkill class: switch "tpacpi_bluetooth_sw"
|
|||
This feature shows the presence and current state of a ThinkPad
|
||||
Bluetooth device in the internal ThinkPad CDC slot.
|
||||
|
||||
If the ThinkPad supports it, the Bluetooth state is stored in NVRAM,
|
||||
so it is kept across reboots and power-off.
|
||||
|
||||
Procfs notes:
|
||||
|
||||
If Bluetooth is installed, the following commands can be used:
|
||||
|
@ -652,6 +658,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
|
|||
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_bluetooth_sw": refer to
|
||||
Documentation/rfkill.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Video output control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/video
|
||||
--------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -693,11 +700,8 @@ Fn-F7 from working. This also disables the video output switching
|
|||
features of this driver, as it uses the same ACPI methods as
|
||||
Fn-F7. Video switching on the console should still work.
|
||||
|
||||
UPDATE: There's now a patch for the X.org Radeon driver which
|
||||
addresses this issue. Some people are reporting success with the patch
|
||||
while others are still having problems. For more information:
|
||||
UPDATE: refer to https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2000
|
||||
|
||||
https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2000
|
||||
|
||||
ThinkLight control
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
@ -720,10 +724,11 @@ The ThinkLight sysfs interface is documented by the LED class
|
|||
documentation, in Documentation/leds-class.txt. The ThinkLight LED name
|
||||
is "tpacpi::thinklight".
|
||||
|
||||
Due to limitations in the sysfs LED class, if the status of the thinklight
|
||||
Due to limitations in the sysfs LED class, if the status of the ThinkLight
|
||||
cannot be read or if it is unknown, thinkpad-acpi will report it as "off".
|
||||
It is impossible to know if the status returned through sysfs is valid.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Docking / undocking -- /proc/acpi/ibm/dock
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -784,6 +789,7 @@ the only docking stations currently supported are the X-series
|
|||
UltraBase docks and "dumb" port replicators like the Mini Dock (the
|
||||
latter don't need any ACPI support, actually).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UltraBay eject -- /proc/acpi/ibm/bay
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -847,8 +853,9 @@ supported. Use "eject2" instead of "eject" for the second bay.
|
|||
Note: the UltraBay eject support on the 600e/x, A22p and A3x is
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL and may not work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION!
|
||||
|
||||
CMOS control
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
CMOS/UCMS control
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
procfs: /proc/acpi/ibm/cmos
|
||||
sysfs device attribute: cmos_command
|
||||
|
@ -882,6 +889,7 @@ The cmos command interface is prone to firmware split-brain problems, as
|
|||
in newer ThinkPads it is just a compatibility layer. Do not use it, it is
|
||||
exported just as a debug tool.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LED control
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -893,6 +901,17 @@ some older ThinkPad models, it is possible to query the status of the
|
|||
LED indicators as well. Newer ThinkPads cannot query the real status
|
||||
of the LED indicators.
|
||||
|
||||
Because misuse of the LEDs could induce an unaware user to perform
|
||||
dangerous actions (like undocking or ejecting a bay device while the
|
||||
buses are still active), or mask an important alarm (such as a nearly
|
||||
empty battery, or a broken battery), access to most LEDs is
|
||||
restricted.
|
||||
|
||||
Unrestricted access to all LEDs requires that thinkpad-acpi be
|
||||
compiled with the CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI_UNSAFE_LEDS option enabled.
|
||||
Distributions must never enable this option. Individual users that
|
||||
are aware of the consequences are welcome to enabling it.
|
||||
|
||||
procfs notes:
|
||||
|
||||
The available commands are:
|
||||
|
@ -939,6 +958,7 @@ ThinkPad indicator LED should blink in hardware accelerated mode, use the
|
|||
"timer" trigger, and leave the delay_on and delay_off parameters set to
|
||||
zero (to request hardware acceleration autodetection).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ACPI sounds -- /proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -968,6 +988,7 @@ X40:
|
|||
16 - one medium-pitched beep repeating constantly, stop with 17
|
||||
17 - stop 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Temperature sensors
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1115,6 +1136,7 @@ registers contain the current battery capacity, etc. If you experiment
|
|||
with this, do send me your results (including some complete dumps with
|
||||
a description of the conditions when they were taken.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LCD brightness control
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1124,10 +1146,9 @@ sysfs backlight device "thinkpad_screen"
|
|||
This feature allows software control of the LCD brightness on ThinkPad
|
||||
models which don't have a hardware brightness slider.
|
||||
|
||||
It has some limitations: the LCD backlight cannot be actually turned on or
|
||||
off by this interface, and in many ThinkPad models, the "dim while on
|
||||
battery" functionality will be enabled by the BIOS when this interface is
|
||||
used, and cannot be controlled.
|
||||
It has some limitations: the LCD backlight cannot be actually turned
|
||||
on or off by this interface, it just controls the backlight brightness
|
||||
level.
|
||||
|
||||
On IBM (and some of the earlier Lenovo) ThinkPads, the backlight control
|
||||
has eight brightness levels, ranging from 0 to 7. Some of the levels
|
||||
|
@ -1136,10 +1157,15 @@ display backlight brightness control methods have 16 levels, ranging
|
|||
from 0 to 15.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two interfaces to the firmware for direct brightness control,
|
||||
EC and CMOS. To select which one should be used, use the
|
||||
EC and UCMS (or CMOS). To select which one should be used, use the
|
||||
brightness_mode module parameter: brightness_mode=1 selects EC mode,
|
||||
brightness_mode=2 selects CMOS mode, brightness_mode=3 selects both EC
|
||||
and CMOS. The driver tries to auto-detect which interface to use.
|
||||
brightness_mode=2 selects UCMS mode, brightness_mode=3 selects EC
|
||||
mode with NVRAM backing (so that brightness changes are remembered
|
||||
across shutdown/reboot).
|
||||
|
||||
The driver tries to select which interface to use from a table of
|
||||
defaults for each ThinkPad model. If it makes a wrong choice, please
|
||||
report this as a bug, so that we can fix it.
|
||||
|
||||
When display backlight brightness controls are available through the
|
||||
standard ACPI interface, it is best to use it instead of this direct
|
||||
|
@ -1201,6 +1227,7 @@ WARNING:
|
|||
and maybe reduce the life of the backlight lamps by needlessly kicking
|
||||
its level up and down at every change.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Volume control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1217,6 +1244,11 @@ distinct. The unmute the volume after the mute command, use either the
|
|||
up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume).
|
||||
The current volume level and mute state is shown in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
The ALSA mixer interface to this feature is still missing, but patches
|
||||
to add it exist. That problem should be addressed in the not so
|
||||
distant future.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Fan control and monitoring: fan speed, fan enable/disable
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1383,8 +1415,11 @@ procfs: /proc/acpi/ibm/wan
|
|||
sysfs device attribute: wwan_enable (deprecated)
|
||||
sysfs rfkill class: switch "tpacpi_wwan_sw"
|
||||
|
||||
This feature shows the presence and current state of a W-WAN (Sierra
|
||||
Wireless EV-DO) device.
|
||||
This feature shows the presence and current state of the built-in
|
||||
Wireless WAN device.
|
||||
|
||||
If the ThinkPad supports it, the WWAN state is stored in NVRAM,
|
||||
so it is kept across reboots and power-off.
|
||||
|
||||
It was tested on a Lenovo ThinkPad X60. It should probably work on other
|
||||
ThinkPad models which come with this module installed.
|
||||
|
@ -1413,6 +1448,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
|
|||
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_wwan_sw": refer to
|
||||
Documentation/rfkill.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1431,6 +1467,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
|
|||
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_uwb_sw": refer to
|
||||
Documentation/rfkill.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Multiple Commands, Module Parameters
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1445,6 +1482,7 @@ for example:
|
|||
|
||||
modprobe thinkpad_acpi hotkey=enable,0xffff video=auto_disable
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Enabling debugging output
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1457,8 +1495,15 @@ will enable all debugging output classes. It takes a bitmask, so
|
|||
to enable more than one output class, just add their values.
|
||||
|
||||
Debug bitmask Description
|
||||
0x8000 Disclose PID of userspace programs
|
||||
accessing some functions of the driver
|
||||
0x0001 Initialization and probing
|
||||
0x0002 Removal
|
||||
0x0004 RF Transmitter control (RFKILL)
|
||||
(bluetooth, WWAN, UWB...)
|
||||
0x0008 HKEY event interface, hotkeys
|
||||
0x0010 Fan control
|
||||
0x0020 Backlight brightness
|
||||
|
||||
There is also a kernel build option to enable more debugging
|
||||
information, which may be necessary to debug driver problems.
|
||||
|
@ -1467,6 +1512,7 @@ The level of debugging information output by the driver can be changed
|
|||
at runtime through sysfs, using the driver attribute debug_level. The
|
||||
attribute takes the same bitmask as the debug module parameter above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Force loading of module
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1505,3 +1551,7 @@ Sysfs interface changelog:
|
|||
|
||||
0x020200: Add poll()/select() support to the following attributes:
|
||||
hotkey_radio_sw, wakeup_hotunplug_complete, wakeup_reason
|
||||
|
||||
0x020300: hotkey enable/disable support removed, attributes
|
||||
hotkey_bios_enabled and hotkey_enable deprecated and
|
||||
marked for removal.
|
||||
|
|
1
Documentation/lguest/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
1
Documentation/lguest/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|||
lguest
|
|
@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
|
|||
/, /` - or, A Young Coder's Illustrated Hypervisor
|
||||
\\"--\\ http://lguest.ozlabs.org
|
||||
|
||||
Lguest is designed to be a minimal hypervisor for the Linux kernel, for
|
||||
Linux developers and users to experiment with virtualization with the
|
||||
minimum of complexity. Nonetheless, it should have sufficient
|
||||
features to make it useful for specific tasks, and, of course, you are
|
||||
encouraged to fork and enhance it (see drivers/lguest/README).
|
||||
Lguest is designed to be a minimal 32-bit x86 hypervisor for the Linux kernel,
|
||||
for Linux developers and users to experiment with virtualization with the
|
||||
minimum of complexity. Nonetheless, it should have sufficient features to
|
||||
make it useful for specific tasks, and, of course, you are encouraged to fork
|
||||
and enhance it (see drivers/lguest/README).
|
||||
|
||||
Features:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ Running Lguest:
|
|||
"Paravirtualized guest support" = Y
|
||||
"Lguest guest support" = Y
|
||||
"High Memory Support" = off/4GB
|
||||
"PAE (Physical Address Extension) Support" = N
|
||||
"Alignment value to which kernel should be aligned" = 0x100000
|
||||
(CONFIG_PARAVIRT=y, CONFIG_LGUEST_GUEST=y, CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G=n and
|
||||
CONFIG_PHYSICAL_ALIGN=0x100000)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ locking error messages, inside curlies. A contrived example:
|
|||
The bit position indicates STATE, STATE-read, for each of the states listed
|
||||
above, and the character displayed in each indicates:
|
||||
|
||||
'.' acquired while irqs disabled
|
||||
'+' acquired in irq context
|
||||
'-' acquired with irqs enabled
|
||||
'.' acquired while irqs disabled and not in irq context
|
||||
'-' acquired in irq context
|
||||
'+' acquired with irqs enabled
|
||||
'?' acquired in irq context with irqs enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Unused mutexes cannot be part of the cause of an error.
|
||||
|
|
BIN
Documentation/logo.gif
Normal file
BIN
Documentation/logo.gif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 16 KiB |
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 303 KiB |
|
@ -1,4 +1,13 @@
|
|||
Tux is taking a three month sabbatical to work as a barber, so Tuz is
|
||||
standing in. He's taken pains to ensure you'll hardly notice.
|
||||
This is the full-colour version of the currently unofficial Linux logo
|
||||
("currently unofficial" just means that there has been no paperwork and
|
||||
that I have not really announced it yet). It was created by Larry Ewing,
|
||||
and is freely usable as long as you acknowledge Larry as the original
|
||||
artist.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that there are black-and-white versions of this available that
|
||||
scale down to smaller sizes and are better for letterheads or whatever
|
||||
you want to use it for: for the full range of logos take a look at
|
||||
Larry's web-page:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.isc.tamu.edu/~lewing/linux/
|
||||
|
||||
Image by Andrew McGown and Josh Bush. Image is licensed CC BY-SA.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ monitoring is enabled, and vice-versa.
|
|||
To add ARP targets:
|
||||
# echo +192.168.0.100 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/arp_ip_target
|
||||
# echo +192.168.0.101 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/arp_ip_target
|
||||
NOTE: up to 10 target addresses may be specified.
|
||||
NOTE: up to 16 target addresses may be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
To remove an ARP target:
|
||||
# echo -192.168.0.100 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/arp_ip_target
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -43,12 +43,11 @@ Table of Contents
|
|||
2) Representing devices without a current OF specification
|
||||
a) PHY nodes
|
||||
b) Interrupt controllers
|
||||
c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash
|
||||
d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
|
||||
e) Xilinx IP cores
|
||||
f) USB EHCI controllers
|
||||
g) MDIO on GPIOs
|
||||
h) SPI busses
|
||||
c) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
|
||||
d) Xilinx IP cores
|
||||
e) USB EHCI controllers
|
||||
f) MDIO on GPIOs
|
||||
g) SPI busses
|
||||
|
||||
VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips
|
||||
1) The /system-controller node
|
||||
|
@ -999,7 +998,7 @@ compatibility.
|
|||
translation of SOC addresses for memory mapped SOC registers.
|
||||
- bus-frequency: Contains the bus frequency for the SOC node.
|
||||
Typically, the value of this field is filled in by the boot
|
||||
loader.
|
||||
loader.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Recommended properties:
|
||||
|
@ -1287,71 +1286,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
device_type = "open-pic";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash
|
||||
|
||||
Flash chips (Memory Technology Devices) are often used for solid state
|
||||
file systems on embedded devices.
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should contain the specific model of flash chip(s)
|
||||
used, if known, followed by either "cfi-flash" or "jedec-flash"
|
||||
- reg : Address range of the flash chip
|
||||
- bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the flash bank. Equal to the
|
||||
device width times the number of interleaved chips.
|
||||
- device-width : (optional) Width of a single flash chip. If
|
||||
omitted, assumed to be equal to 'bank-width'.
|
||||
- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the flash has
|
||||
sub-nodes representing partitions (see below). In this case
|
||||
both #address-cells and #size-cells must be equal to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
|
||||
are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
- vendor-id : Contains the flash chip's vendor id (1 byte).
|
||||
- device-id : Contains the flash chip's device id (1 byte).
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the information on the flash bank itself, the
|
||||
device tree may optionally contain additional information
|
||||
describing partitions of the flash address space. This can be
|
||||
used on platforms which have strong conventions about which
|
||||
portions of the flash are used for what purposes, but which don't
|
||||
use an on-flash partition table such as RedBoot.
|
||||
|
||||
Each partition is represented as a sub-node of the flash device.
|
||||
Each node's name represents the name of the corresponding
|
||||
partition of the flash device.
|
||||
|
||||
Flash partitions
|
||||
- reg : The partition's offset and size within the flash bank.
|
||||
- label : (optional) The label / name for this flash partition.
|
||||
If omitted, the label is taken from the node name (excluding
|
||||
the unit address).
|
||||
- read-only : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a hint to
|
||||
Linux that this flash partition should only be mounted
|
||||
read-only. This is usually used for flash partitions
|
||||
containing early-boot firmware images or data which should not
|
||||
be clobbered.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
flash@ff000000 {
|
||||
compatible = "amd,am29lv128ml", "cfi-flash";
|
||||
reg = <ff000000 01000000>;
|
||||
bank-width = <4>;
|
||||
device-width = <1>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
fs@0 {
|
||||
label = "fs";
|
||||
reg = <0 f80000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
firmware@f80000 {
|
||||
label ="firmware";
|
||||
reg = <f80000 80000>;
|
||||
read-only;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
|
||||
c) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
|
||||
|
||||
The EMAC ethernet controller in IBM and AMCC 4xx chips, and also
|
||||
the Axon bridge. To operate this needs to interact with a ths
|
||||
|
@ -1499,7 +1434,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
available.
|
||||
For Axon: 0x0000012a
|
||||
|
||||
e) Xilinx IP cores
|
||||
d) Xilinx IP cores
|
||||
|
||||
The Xilinx EDK toolchain ships with a set of IP cores (devices) for use
|
||||
in Xilinx Spartan and Virtex FPGAs. The devices cover the whole range
|
||||
|
@ -1761,7 +1696,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
listed above, nodes for these devices should include a phy-handle
|
||||
property, and may include other common network device properties
|
||||
like local-mac-address.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iv) Xilinx Uartlite
|
||||
|
||||
Xilinx uartlite devices are simple fixed speed serial ports.
|
||||
|
@ -1793,7 +1728,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
- reg-offset : A value of 3 is required
|
||||
- reg-shift : A value of 2 is required
|
||||
|
||||
f) USB EHCI controllers
|
||||
e) USB EHCI controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- compatible : should be "usb-ehci".
|
||||
|
@ -1819,7 +1754,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
big-endian;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
g) MDIO on GPIOs
|
||||
f) MDIO on GPIOs
|
||||
|
||||
Currently defined compatibles:
|
||||
- virtual,gpio-mdio
|
||||
|
@ -1839,7 +1774,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model.
|
|||
&qe_pio_c 6>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
h) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) busses
|
||||
g) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) busses
|
||||
|
||||
SPI busses can be described with a node for the SPI master device
|
||||
and a set of child nodes for each SPI slave on the bus. For this
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ Required properties :
|
|||
|
||||
Recommended properties :
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : Should be "fsl-i2c" for parts compatible with
|
||||
Freescale I2C specifications.
|
||||
- compatible : compatibility list with 2 entries, the first should
|
||||
be "fsl,CHIP-i2c" where CHIP is the name of a compatible processor,
|
||||
e.g. mpc8313, mpc8543, mpc8544, mpc5200 or mpc5200b. The second one
|
||||
should be "fsl-i2c".
|
||||
- interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a
|
||||
field that represents an encoding of the sense and level
|
||||
information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on
|
||||
|
@ -16,17 +18,31 @@ Recommended properties :
|
|||
controller you have.
|
||||
- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
|
||||
services interrupts for this device.
|
||||
- dfsrr : boolean; if defined, indicates that this I2C device has
|
||||
a digital filter sampling rate register
|
||||
- fsl5200-clocking : boolean; if defined, indicated that this device
|
||||
uses the FSL 5200 clocking mechanism.
|
||||
- fsl,preserve-clocking : boolean; if defined, the clock settings
|
||||
from the bootloader are preserved (not touched).
|
||||
- clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
Example :
|
||||
i2c@3000 {
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <40000>;
|
||||
interrupts = <1b 3>;
|
||||
reg = <3000 18>;
|
||||
device_type = "i2c";
|
||||
compatible = "fsl-i2c";
|
||||
dfsrr;
|
||||
Examples :
|
||||
|
||||
i2c@3d00 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,mpc5200b-i2c","fsl,mpc5200-i2c","fsl-i2c";
|
||||
cell-index = <0>;
|
||||
reg = <0x3d00 0x40>;
|
||||
interrupts = <2 15 0>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&mpc5200_pic>;
|
||||
fsl,preserve-clocking;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
i2c@3100 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
cell-index = <1>;
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,mpc8544-i2c", "fsl-i2c";
|
||||
reg = <0x3100 0x100>;
|
||||
interrupts = <43 2>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
|
||||
clock-frequency = <400000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -5,9 +5,21 @@ Required properties:
|
|||
- reg : should specify localbus chip select and size used for the chip.
|
||||
- fsl,upm-addr-offset : UPM pattern offset for the address latch.
|
||||
- fsl,upm-cmd-offset : UPM pattern offset for the command latch.
|
||||
- gpios : may specify optional GPIO connected to the Ready-Not-Busy pin.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
Optional properties:
|
||||
- fsl,upm-wait-flags : add chip-dependent short delays after running the
|
||||
UPM pattern (0x1), after writing a data byte (0x2) or after
|
||||
writing out a buffer (0x4).
|
||||
- fsl,upm-addr-line-cs-offsets : address offsets for multi-chip support.
|
||||
The corresponding address lines are used to select the chip.
|
||||
- gpios : may specify optional GPIOs connected to the Ready-Not-Busy pins
|
||||
(R/B#). For multi-chip devices, "n" GPIO definitions are required
|
||||
according to the number of chips.
|
||||
- chip-delay : chip dependent delay for transfering data from array to
|
||||
read registers (tR). Required if property "gpios" is not used
|
||||
(R/B# pins not connected).
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
upm@1,0 {
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,upm-nand";
|
||||
|
@ -26,3 +38,26 @@ upm@1,0 {
|
|||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
upm@3,0 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <0>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
compatible = "tqc,tqm8548-upm-nand", "fsl,upm-nand";
|
||||
reg = <3 0x0 0x800>;
|
||||
fsl,upm-addr-offset = <0x10>;
|
||||
fsl,upm-cmd-offset = <0x08>;
|
||||
/* Multi-chip NAND device */
|
||||
fsl,upm-addr-line-cs-offsets = <0x0 0x200>;
|
||||
fsl,upm-wait-flags = <0x5>;
|
||||
chip-delay = <25>; // in micro-seconds
|
||||
|
||||
nand@0 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
|
||||
partition@0 {
|
||||
label = "fs";
|
||||
reg = <0x00000000 0x10000000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,15 +1,43 @@
|
|||
LED connected to GPIO
|
||||
LEDs connected to GPIO lines
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- compatible : should be "gpio-led".
|
||||
- label : (optional) the label for this LED. If omitted, the label is
|
||||
- compatible : should be "gpio-leds".
|
||||
|
||||
Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the gpio-leds device. Each
|
||||
node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED.
|
||||
|
||||
LED sub-node properties:
|
||||
- gpios : Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "Specifying GPIO information
|
||||
for devices" in Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt. Active
|
||||
low LEDs should be indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier.
|
||||
- label : (optional) The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is
|
||||
taken from the node name (excluding the unit address).
|
||||
- gpios : should specify LED GPIO.
|
||||
- linux,default-trigger : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a
|
||||
string defining the trigger assigned to the LED. Current triggers are:
|
||||
"backlight" - LED will act as a back-light, controlled by the framebuffer
|
||||
system
|
||||
"default-on" - LED will turn on
|
||||
"heartbeat" - LED "double" flashes at a load average based rate
|
||||
"ide-disk" - LED indicates disk activity
|
||||
"timer" - LED flashes at a fixed, configurable rate
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
led@0 {
|
||||
compatible = "gpio-led";
|
||||
label = "hdd";
|
||||
gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>;
|
||||
leds {
|
||||
compatible = "gpio-leds";
|
||||
hdd {
|
||||
label = "IDE Activity";
|
||||
gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>; /* Active low */
|
||||
linux,default-trigger = "ide-disk";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
run-control {
|
||||
compatible = "gpio-leds";
|
||||
red {
|
||||
gpios = <&mpc8572 6 0>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
green {
|
||||
gpios = <&mpc8572 7 0>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
80
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mtd-physmap.txt
Normal file
80
Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mtd-physmap.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
|||
CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash
|
||||
|
||||
Flash chips (Memory Technology Devices) are often used for solid state
|
||||
file systems on embedded devices.
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : should contain the specific model of flash chip(s)
|
||||
used, if known, followed by either "cfi-flash" or "jedec-flash"
|
||||
- reg : Address range(s) of the flash chip(s)
|
||||
It's possible to (optionally) define multiple "reg" tuples so that
|
||||
non-identical NOR chips can be described in one flash node.
|
||||
- bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the flash bank. Equal to the
|
||||
device width times the number of interleaved chips.
|
||||
- device-width : (optional) Width of a single flash chip. If
|
||||
omitted, assumed to be equal to 'bank-width'.
|
||||
- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the flash has
|
||||
sub-nodes representing partitions (see below). In this case
|
||||
both #address-cells and #size-cells must be equal to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
|
||||
are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
- vendor-id : Contains the flash chip's vendor id (1 byte).
|
||||
- device-id : Contains the flash chip's device id (1 byte).
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the information on the flash bank itself, the
|
||||
device tree may optionally contain additional information
|
||||
describing partitions of the flash address space. This can be
|
||||
used on platforms which have strong conventions about which
|
||||
portions of the flash are used for what purposes, but which don't
|
||||
use an on-flash partition table such as RedBoot.
|
||||
|
||||
Each partition is represented as a sub-node of the flash device.
|
||||
Each node's name represents the name of the corresponding
|
||||
partition of the flash device.
|
||||
|
||||
Flash partitions
|
||||
- reg : The partition's offset and size within the flash bank.
|
||||
- label : (optional) The label / name for this flash partition.
|
||||
If omitted, the label is taken from the node name (excluding
|
||||
the unit address).
|
||||
- read-only : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a hint to
|
||||
Linux that this flash partition should only be mounted
|
||||
read-only. This is usually used for flash partitions
|
||||
containing early-boot firmware images or data which should not
|
||||
be clobbered.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
flash@ff000000 {
|
||||
compatible = "amd,am29lv128ml", "cfi-flash";
|
||||
reg = <ff000000 01000000>;
|
||||
bank-width = <4>;
|
||||
device-width = <1>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
fs@0 {
|
||||
label = "fs";
|
||||
reg = <0 f80000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
firmware@f80000 {
|
||||
label ="firmware";
|
||||
reg = <f80000 80000>;
|
||||
read-only;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Here an example with multiple "reg" tuples:
|
||||
|
||||
flash@f0000000,0 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
compatible = "intel,PC48F4400P0VB", "cfi-flash";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x00000000 0x02000000
|
||||
0 0x02000000 0x02000000>;
|
||||
bank-width = <2>;
|
||||
partition@0 {
|
||||
label = "test-part1";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x04000000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
|
@ -60,17 +60,9 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets
|
|||
9005:0285:9005:02d5 Adaptec ASR-2405 (Voodoo40 Lite)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d6 Adaptec ASR-2445 (Voodoo44 Lite)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d7 Adaptec ASR-2805 (Voodoo80 Lite)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d8 Adaptec 5405G (Voodoo40 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d9 Adaptec 5445G (Voodoo44 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02da Adaptec 5805G (Voodoo80 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02db Adaptec 5085G (Voodoo08 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02dc Adaptec 51245G (Voodoo124 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02dd Adaptec 51645G (Voodoo164 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02de Adaptec 52445G (Voodoo244 PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02df Adaptec ASR-2045G (Voodoo04 Lite PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02e0 Adaptec ASR-2405G (Voodoo40 Lite PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02e1 Adaptec ASR-2445G (Voodoo44 Lite PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02e2 Adaptec ASR-2805G (Voodoo80 Lite PM)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d8 Adaptec 5405Z (Voodoo40 BLBU)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02d9 Adaptec 5445Z (Voodoo44 BLBU)
|
||||
9005:0285:9005:02da Adaptec 5805Z (Voodoo80 BLBU)
|
||||
1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
|
||||
1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
|
||||
9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
|
||||
|
@ -140,6 +132,7 @@ Deanna Bonds (non-DASD support, PAE fibs and 64 bit,
|
|||
where fibs that go to the hardware are consistently called hw_fibs and
|
||||
not just fibs like the name of the driver tracking structure)
|
||||
Mark Salyzyn <Mark_Salyzyn@adaptec.com> Fixed panic issues and added some new product ids for upcoming hbas. Performance tuning, card failover and bug mitigations.
|
||||
Achim Leubner <Achim_Leubner@adaptec.com>
|
||||
|
||||
Original Driver
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ PCI SSID look-up.
|
|||
What `model` option values are available depends on the codec chip.
|
||||
Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File"
|
||||
section below). It will show the vendor/product name of your codec
|
||||
chip. Then, see Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Modelstxt file,
|
||||
chip. Then, see Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt file,
|
||||
the section of HD-audio driver. You can find a list of codecs
|
||||
and `model` options belonging to each codec. For example, for Realtek
|
||||
ALC262 codec chip, pass `model=ultra` for devices that are compatible
|
||||
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ with Samsung Q1 Ultra.
|
|||
|
||||
Thus, the first thing you can do for any brand-new, unsupported and
|
||||
non-working HD-audio hardware is to check HD-audio codec and several
|
||||
different `model` option values. If you have a luck, some of them
|
||||
different `model` option values. If you have any luck, some of them
|
||||
might suit with your device well.
|
||||
|
||||
Some codecs such as ALC880 have a special model option `model=test`.
|
||||
|
|
71
Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/jack.txt
Normal file
71
Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/jack.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
|||
ASoC jack detection
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
ALSA has a standard API for representing physical jacks to user space,
|
||||
the kernel side of which can be seen in include/sound/jack.h. ASoC
|
||||
provides a version of this API adding two additional features:
|
||||
|
||||
- It allows more than one jack detection method to work together on one
|
||||
user visible jack. In embedded systems it is common for multiple
|
||||
to be present on a single jack but handled by separate bits of
|
||||
hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
- Integration with DAPM, allowing DAPM endpoints to be updated
|
||||
automatically based on the detected jack status (eg, turning off the
|
||||
headphone outputs if no headphones are present).
|
||||
|
||||
This is done by splitting the jacks up into three things working
|
||||
together: the jack itself represented by a struct snd_soc_jack, sets of
|
||||
snd_soc_jack_pins representing DAPM endpoints to update and blocks of
|
||||
code providing jack reporting mechanisms.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, a system may have a stereo headset jack with two reporting
|
||||
mechanisms, one for the headphone and one for the microphone. Some
|
||||
systems won't be able to use their speaker output while a headphone is
|
||||
connected and so will want to make sure to update both speaker and
|
||||
headphone when the headphone jack status changes.
|
||||
|
||||
The jack - struct snd_soc_jack
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
This represents a physical jack on the system and is what is visible to
|
||||
user space. The jack itself is completely passive, it is set up by the
|
||||
machine driver and updated by jack detection methods.
|
||||
|
||||
Jacks are created by the machine driver calling snd_soc_jack_new().
|
||||
|
||||
snd_soc_jack_pin
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
These represent a DAPM pin to update depending on some of the status
|
||||
bits supported by the jack. Each snd_soc_jack has zero or more of these
|
||||
which are updated automatically. They are created by the machine driver
|
||||
and associated with the jack using snd_soc_jack_add_pins(). The status
|
||||
of the endpoint may configured to be the opposite of the jack status if
|
||||
required (eg, enabling a built in microphone if a microphone is not
|
||||
connected via a jack).
|
||||
|
||||
Jack detection methods
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Actual jack detection is done by code which is able to monitor some
|
||||
input to the system and update a jack by calling snd_soc_jack_report(),
|
||||
specifying a subset of bits to update. The jack detection code should
|
||||
be set up by the machine driver, taking configuration for the jack to
|
||||
update and the set of things to report when the jack is connected.
|
||||
|
||||
Often this is done based on the status of a GPIO - a handler for this is
|
||||
provided by the snd_soc_jack_add_gpio() function. Other methods are
|
||||
also available, for example integrated into CODECs. One example of
|
||||
CODEC integrated jack detection can be see in the WM8350 driver.
|
||||
|
||||
Each jack may have multiple reporting mechanisms, though it will need at
|
||||
least one to be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
Machine drivers
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
These are all hooked together by the machine driver depending on the
|
||||
system hardware. The machine driver will set up the snd_soc_jack and
|
||||
the list of pins to update then set up one or more jack detection
|
||||
mechanisms to update that jack based on their current status.
|
|
@ -42,6 +42,14 @@ sure that bitwise types don't get mixed up (little-endian vs big-endian
|
|||
vs cpu-endian vs whatever), and there the constant "0" really _is_
|
||||
special.
|
||||
|
||||
__bitwise__ - to be used for relatively compact stuff (gfp_t, etc.) that
|
||||
is mostly warning-free and is supposed to stay that way. Warnings will
|
||||
be generated without __CHECK_ENDIAN__.
|
||||
|
||||
__bitwise - noisy stuff; in particular, __le*/__be* are that. We really
|
||||
don't want to drown in noise unless we'd explicitly asked for it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Getting sparse
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -511,10 +511,16 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS
|
|||
This sets up the device clock rate, SPI mode, and word sizes.
|
||||
Drivers may change the defaults provided by board_info, and then
|
||||
call spi_setup(spi) to invoke this routine. It may sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
Unless each SPI slave has its own configuration registers, don't
|
||||
change them right away ... otherwise drivers could corrupt I/O
|
||||
that's in progress for other SPI devices.
|
||||
|
||||
** BUG ALERT: for some reason the first version of
|
||||
** many spi_master drivers seems to get this wrong.
|
||||
** When you code setup(), ASSUME that the controller
|
||||
** is actively processing transfers for another device.
|
||||
|
||||
master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message)
|
||||
This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the
|
||||
transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ of struct cmsghdr structures with appended data.
|
|||
|
||||
There is only one file in this directory.
|
||||
unix_dgram_qlen limits the max number of datagrams queued in Unix domain
|
||||
socket's buffer. It will not take effect unless PF_UNIX flag is spicified.
|
||||
socket's buffer. It will not take effect unless PF_UNIX flag is specified.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. /proc/sys/net/ipv4 - IPV4 settings
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ will itself start writeback.
|
|||
If dirty_bytes is written, dirty_ratio becomes a function of its value
|
||||
(dirty_bytes / the amount of dirtyable system memory).
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the minimum value allowed for dirty_bytes is two pages (in bytes); any
|
||||
value lower than this limit will be ignored and the old configuration will be
|
||||
retained.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
dirty_expire_centisecs
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ versions of the sysfs interface.
|
|||
"devices" directory at /sys/subsystem/<name>/devices.
|
||||
|
||||
If /sys/subsystem exists, /sys/bus, /sys/class and /sys/block can be
|
||||
ignored. If it does not exist, you have always to scan all three
|
||||
ignored. If it does not exist, you always have to scan all three
|
||||
places, as the kernel is free to move a subsystem from one place to
|
||||
the other, as long as the devices are still reachable by the same
|
||||
subsystem name.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -115,6 +115,8 @@ On all - write a character to /proc/sysrq-trigger. e.g.:
|
|||
|
||||
'x' - Used by xmon interface on ppc/powerpc platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
'z' - Dump the ftrace buffer
|
||||
|
||||
'0'-'9' - Sets the console log level, controlling which kernel messages
|
||||
will be printed to your console. ('0', for example would make
|
||||
it so that only emergency messages like PANICs or OOPSes would
|
||||
|
|
55
Documentation/tomoyo.txt
Normal file
55
Documentation/tomoyo.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
|||
--- What is TOMOYO? ---
|
||||
|
||||
TOMOYO is a name-based MAC extension (LSM module) for the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
LiveCD-based tutorials are available at
|
||||
http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/ubuntu8.04-live/
|
||||
http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/centos5-live/ .
|
||||
Though these tutorials use non-LSM version of TOMOYO, they are useful for you
|
||||
to know what TOMOYO is.
|
||||
|
||||
--- How to enable TOMOYO? ---
|
||||
|
||||
Build the kernel with CONFIG_SECURITY_TOMOYO=y and pass "security=tomoyo" on
|
||||
kernel's command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Please see http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/ for details.
|
||||
|
||||
--- Where is documentation? ---
|
||||
|
||||
User <-> Kernel interface documentation is available at
|
||||
http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/policy-reference.html .
|
||||
|
||||
Materials we prepared for seminars and symposiums are available at
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/?category_id=532&language_id=1 .
|
||||
Below lists are chosen from three aspects.
|
||||
|
||||
What is TOMOYO?
|
||||
TOMOYO Linux Overview
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/lca2009-takeda.pdf
|
||||
TOMOYO Linux: pragmatic and manageable security for Linux
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/freedomhectaipei-tomoyo.pdf
|
||||
TOMOYO Linux: A Practical Method to Understand and Protect Your Own Linux Box
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/PacSec2007-en-no-demo.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
What can TOMOYO do?
|
||||
Deep inside TOMOYO Linux
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/lca2009-kumaneko.pdf
|
||||
The role of "pathname based access control" in security.
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/lfj2008-bof.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
History of TOMOYO?
|
||||
Realities of Mainlining
|
||||
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/lfj2008.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
--- What is future plan? ---
|
||||
|
||||
We believe that inode based security and name based security are complementary
|
||||
and both should be used together. But unfortunately, so far, we cannot enable
|
||||
multiple LSM modules at the same time. We feel sorry that you have to give up
|
||||
SELinux/SMACK/AppArmor etc. when you want to use TOMOYO.
|
||||
|
||||
We hope that LSM becomes stackable in future. Meanwhile, you can use non-LSM
|
||||
version of TOMOYO, available at http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/ .
|
||||
LSM version of TOMOYO is a subset of non-LSM version of TOMOYO. We are planning
|
||||
to port non-LSM version's functionalities to LSM versions.
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
126
Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
Normal file
126
Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||
kmemtrace - Kernel Memory Tracer
|
||||
|
||||
by Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu
|
||||
<eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
|
||||
|
||||
I. Introduction
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
kmemtrace helps kernel developers figure out two things:
|
||||
1) how different allocators (SLAB, SLUB etc.) perform
|
||||
2) how kernel code allocates memory and how much
|
||||
|
||||
To do this, we trace every allocation and export information to the userspace
|
||||
through the relay interface. We export things such as the number of requested
|
||||
bytes, the number of bytes actually allocated (i.e. including internal
|
||||
fragmentation), whether this is a slab allocation or a plain kmalloc() and so
|
||||
on.
|
||||
|
||||
The actual analysis is performed by a userspace tool (see section III for
|
||||
details on where to get it from). It logs the data exported by the kernel,
|
||||
processes it and (as of writing this) can provide the following information:
|
||||
- the total amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per call-site
|
||||
- the amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per allocation
|
||||
- total memory allocated and fragmentation in the collected dataset
|
||||
- number of cross-CPU allocation and frees (makes sense in NUMA environments)
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, it can potentially find inconsistent and erroneous behavior in
|
||||
kernel code, such as using slab free functions on kmalloc'ed memory or
|
||||
allocating less memory than requested (but not truly failed allocations).
|
||||
|
||||
kmemtrace also makes provisions for tracing on some arch and analysing the
|
||||
data on another.
|
||||
|
||||
II. Design and goals
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
kmemtrace was designed to handle rather large amounts of data. Thus, it uses
|
||||
the relay interface to export whatever is logged to userspace, which then
|
||||
stores it. Analysis and reporting is done asynchronously, that is, after the
|
||||
data is collected and stored. By design, it allows one to log and analyse
|
||||
on different machines and different arches.
|
||||
|
||||
As of writing this, the ABI is not considered stable, though it might not
|
||||
change much. However, no guarantees are made about compatibility yet. When
|
||||
deemed stable, the ABI should still allow easy extension while maintaining
|
||||
backward compatibility. This is described further in Documentation/ABI.
|
||||
|
||||
Summary of design goals:
|
||||
- allow logging and analysis to be done across different machines
|
||||
- be fast and anticipate usage in high-load environments (*)
|
||||
- be reasonably extensible
|
||||
- make it possible for GNU/Linux distributions to have kmemtrace
|
||||
included in their repositories
|
||||
|
||||
(*) - one of the reasons Pekka Enberg's original userspace data analysis
|
||||
tool's code was rewritten from Perl to C (although this is more than a
|
||||
simple conversion)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
III. Quick usage guide
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
1) Get a kernel that supports kmemtrace and build it accordingly (i.e. enable
|
||||
CONFIG_KMEMTRACE).
|
||||
|
||||
2) Get the userspace tool and build it:
|
||||
$ git-clone git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git # current repository
|
||||
$ cd kmemtrace-user/
|
||||
$ ./autogen.sh
|
||||
$ ./configure
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
|
||||
3) Boot the kmemtrace-enabled kernel if you haven't, preferably in the
|
||||
'single' runlevel (so that relay buffers don't fill up easily), and run
|
||||
kmemtrace:
|
||||
# '$' does not mean user, but root here.
|
||||
$ mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
|
||||
$ mount -t proc none /proc
|
||||
$ cd path/to/kmemtrace-user/
|
||||
$ ./kmemtraced
|
||||
Wait a bit, then stop it with CTRL+C.
|
||||
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns # Check if we didn't
|
||||
# overrun, should
|
||||
# be zero.
|
||||
$ (Optionally) [Run kmemtrace_check separately on each cpu[0-9]*.out file to
|
||||
check its correctness]
|
||||
$ ./kmemtrace-report
|
||||
|
||||
Now you should have a nice and short summary of how the allocator performs.
|
||||
|
||||
IV. FAQ and known issues
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
Q: 'cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns' is non-zero, how do I fix
|
||||
this? Should I worry?
|
||||
A: If it's non-zero, this affects kmemtrace's accuracy, depending on how
|
||||
large the number is. You can fix it by supplying a higher
|
||||
'kmemtrace.subbufs=N' kernel parameter.
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Q: kmemtrace_check reports errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
|
||||
A: This is a bug and should be reported. It can occur for a variety of
|
||||
reasons:
|
||||
- possible bugs in relay code
|
||||
- possible misuse of relay by kmemtrace
|
||||
- timestamps being collected unorderly
|
||||
Or you may fix it yourself and send us a patch.
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Q: kmemtrace_report shows many errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
|
||||
A: This is a known issue and I'm working on it. These might be true errors
|
||||
in kernel code, which may have inconsistent behavior (e.g. allocating memory
|
||||
with kmem_cache_alloc() and freeing it with kfree()). Pekka Enberg pointed
|
||||
out this behavior may work with SLAB, but may fail with other allocators.
|
||||
|
||||
It may also be due to lack of tracing in some unusual allocator functions.
|
||||
|
||||
We don't want bug reports regarding this issue yet.
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
V. See also
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
|
||||
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ In include/trace/subsys.h :
|
|||
#include <linux/tracepoint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_TRACE(subsys_eventname,
|
||||
TPPROTO(int firstarg, struct task_struct *p),
|
||||
TPARGS(firstarg, p));
|
||||
TP_PROTO(int firstarg, struct task_struct *p),
|
||||
TP_ARGS(firstarg, p));
|
||||
|
||||
In subsys/file.c (where the tracing statement must be added) :
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ Where :
|
|||
- subsys is the name of your subsystem.
|
||||
- eventname is the name of the event to trace.
|
||||
|
||||
- TPPROTO(int firstarg, struct task_struct *p) is the prototype of the
|
||||
- TP_PROTO(int firstarg, struct task_struct *p) is the prototype of the
|
||||
function called by this tracepoint.
|
||||
|
||||
- TPARGS(firstarg, p) are the parameters names, same as found in the
|
||||
- TP_ARGS(firstarg, p) are the parameters names, same as found in the
|
||||
prototype.
|
||||
|
||||
Connecting a function (probe) to a tracepoint is done by providing a
|
||||
|
@ -103,13 +103,14 @@ used to export the defined tracepoints.
|
|||
|
||||
* Probe / tracepoint example
|
||||
|
||||
See the example provided in samples/tracepoints/src
|
||||
See the example provided in samples/tracepoints
|
||||
|
||||
Compile them with your kernel.
|
||||
Compile them with your kernel. They are built during 'make' (not
|
||||
'make modules') when CONFIG_SAMPLE_TRACEPOINTS=m.
|
||||
|
||||
Run, as root :
|
||||
modprobe tracepoint-example (insmod order is not important)
|
||||
modprobe tracepoint-probe-example
|
||||
cat /proc/tracepoint-example (returns an expected error)
|
||||
rmmod tracepoint-example tracepoint-probe-example
|
||||
modprobe tracepoint-sample (insmod order is not important)
|
||||
modprobe tracepoint-probe-sample
|
||||
cat /proc/tracepoint-sample (returns an expected error)
|
||||
rmmod tracepoint-sample tracepoint-probe-sample
|
||||
dmesg
|
125
Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt
Normal file
125
Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
|||
PXA-Camera Host Driver
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Constraints
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
a) Image size for YUV422P format
|
||||
All YUV422P images are enforced to have width x height % 16 = 0.
|
||||
This is due to DMA constraints, which transfers only planes of 8 byte
|
||||
multiples.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Global video workflow
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
a) QCI stopped
|
||||
Initialy, the QCI interface is stopped.
|
||||
When a buffer is queued (pxa_videobuf_ops->buf_queue), the QCI starts.
|
||||
|
||||
b) QCI started
|
||||
More buffers can be queued while the QCI is started without halting the
|
||||
capture. The new buffers are "appended" at the tail of the DMA chain, and
|
||||
smoothly captured one frame after the other.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a buffer is filled in the QCI interface, it is marked as "DONE" and
|
||||
removed from the active buffers list. It can be then requeud or dequeued by
|
||||
userland application.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the last buffer is filled in, the QCI interface stops.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DMA usage
|
||||
---------
|
||||
a) DMA flow
|
||||
- first buffer queued for capture
|
||||
Once a first buffer is queued for capture, the QCI is started, but data
|
||||
transfer is not started. On "End Of Frame" interrupt, the irq handler
|
||||
starts the DMA chain.
|
||||
- capture of one videobuffer
|
||||
The DMA chain starts transfering data into videobuffer RAM pages.
|
||||
When all pages are transfered, the DMA irq is raised on "ENDINTR" status
|
||||
- finishing one videobuffer
|
||||
The DMA irq handler marks the videobuffer as "done", and removes it from
|
||||
the active running queue
|
||||
Meanwhile, the next videobuffer (if there is one), is transfered by DMA
|
||||
- finishing the last videobuffer
|
||||
On the DMA irq of the last videobuffer, the QCI is stopped.
|
||||
|
||||
b) DMA prepared buffer will have this structure
|
||||
|
||||
+------------+-----+---------------+-----------------+
|
||||
| desc-sg[0] | ... | desc-sg[last] | finisher/linker |
|
||||
+------------+-----+---------------+-----------------+
|
||||
|
||||
This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu.
|
||||
The descriptors are used as follows :
|
||||
- desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transfering the i-th sg
|
||||
element to the video buffer scatter gather
|
||||
- finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN
|
||||
- linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next video buffer, dcmd=0
|
||||
|
||||
For the next schema, let's assume d0=desc-sg[0] .. dN=desc-sg[N],
|
||||
"f" stands for finisher and "l" for linker.
|
||||
A typical running chain is :
|
||||
|
||||
Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2
|
||||
+---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f |
|
||||
+---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| |
|
||||
+----+
|
||||
|
||||
After the chaining is finished, the chain looks like :
|
||||
|
||||
Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 Videobuffer 3
|
||||
+---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f |
|
||||
+---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
+----+ +----+
|
||||
new_link
|
||||
|
||||
c) DMA hot chaining timeslice issue
|
||||
|
||||
As DMA chaining is done while DMA _is_ running, the linking may be done
|
||||
while the DMA jumps from one Videobuffer to another. On the schema, that
|
||||
would be a problem if the following sequence is encountered :
|
||||
|
||||
- DMA chain is Videobuffer1 + Videobuffer2
|
||||
- pxa_videobuf_queue() is called to queue Videobuffer3
|
||||
- DMA controller finishes Videobuffer2, and DMA stops
|
||||
=>
|
||||
Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2
|
||||
+---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f |
|
||||
+---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-^-+
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
+----+ +-- DMA DDADR loads DDADR_STOP
|
||||
|
||||
- pxa_dma_add_tail_buf() is called, the Videobuffer2 "finisher" is
|
||||
replaced by a "linker" to Videobuffer3 (creation of new_link)
|
||||
- pxa_videobuf_queue() finishes
|
||||
- the DMA irq handler is called, which terminates Videobuffer2
|
||||
- Videobuffer3 capture is not scheduled on DMA chain (as it stopped !!!)
|
||||
|
||||
Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 Videobuffer 3
|
||||
+---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f |
|
||||
+---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
+----+ +----+
|
||||
new_link
|
||||
DMA DDADR still is DDADR_STOP
|
||||
|
||||
- pxa_camera_check_link_miss() is called
|
||||
This checks if the DMA is finished and a buffer is still on the
|
||||
pcdev->capture list. If that's the case, the capture will be restarted,
|
||||
and Videobuffer3 is scheduled on DMA chain.
|
||||
- the DMA irq handler finishes
|
||||
|
||||
Note: if DMA stops just after pxa_camera_check_link_miss() reads DDADR()
|
||||
value, we have the guarantee that the DMA irq handler will be called back
|
||||
when the DMA will finish the buffer, and pxa_camera_check_link_miss() will
|
||||
be called again, to reschedule Videobuffer3.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
Author: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
|
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ up before calling v4l2_device_register then it will be untouched. If dev is
|
|||
NULL, then you *must* setup v4l2_dev->name before calling v4l2_device_register.
|
||||
|
||||
The first 'dev' argument is normally the struct device pointer of a pci_dev,
|
||||
usb_device or platform_device. It is rare for dev to be NULL, but it happens
|
||||
usb_interface or platform_device. It is rare for dev to be NULL, but it happens
|
||||
with ISA devices or when one device creates multiple PCI devices, thus making
|
||||
it impossible to associate v4l2_dev with a particular parent.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -351,17 +351,6 @@ And this to go from an i2c_client to a v4l2_subdev struct:
|
|||
|
||||
struct v4l2_subdev *sd = i2c_get_clientdata(client);
|
||||
|
||||
Finally you need to make a command function to make driver->command()
|
||||
call the right subdev_ops functions:
|
||||
|
||||
static int subdev_command(struct i2c_client *client, unsigned cmd, void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return v4l2_subdev_command(i2c_get_clientdata(client), cmd, arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If driver->command is never used then you can leave this out. Eventually the
|
||||
driver->command usage should be removed from v4l.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure to call v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd) when the remove() callback
|
||||
is called. This will unregister the sub-device from the bridge driver. It is
|
||||
safe to call this even if the sub-device was never registered.
|
||||
|
@ -375,14 +364,12 @@ from the remove() callback ensures that this is always done correctly.
|
|||
|
||||
The bridge driver also has some helper functions it can use:
|
||||
|
||||
struct v4l2_subdev *sd = v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(adapter, "module_foo", "chipid", 0x36);
|
||||
struct v4l2_subdev *sd = v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(v4l2_dev, adapter,
|
||||
"module_foo", "chipid", 0x36);
|
||||
|
||||
This loads the given module (can be NULL if no module needs to be loaded) and
|
||||
calls i2c_new_device() with the given i2c_adapter and chip/address arguments.
|
||||
If all goes well, then it registers the subdev with the v4l2_device. It gets
|
||||
the v4l2_device by calling i2c_get_adapdata(adapter), so you should make sure
|
||||
to call i2c_set_adapdata(adapter, v4l2_device) when you setup the i2c_adapter
|
||||
in your driver.
|
||||
If all goes well, then it registers the subdev with the v4l2_device.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use v4l2_i2c_new_probed_subdev() which is very similar to
|
||||
v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(), except that it has an array of possible I2C addresses
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
|
|||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file.
|
||||
active_mm.txt
|
||||
- An explanation from Linus about tsk->active_mm vs tsk->mm.
|
||||
balance
|
||||
- various information on memory balancing.
|
||||
hugetlbpage.txt
|
||||
|
|
83
Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt
Normal file
83
Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
List: linux-kernel
|
||||
Subject: Re: active_mm
|
||||
From: Linus Torvalds <torvalds () transmeta ! com>
|
||||
Date: 1999-07-30 21:36:24
|
||||
|
||||
Cc'd to linux-kernel, because I don't write explanations all that often,
|
||||
and when I do I feel better about more people reading them.
|
||||
|
||||
On Fri, 30 Jul 1999, David Mosberger wrote:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> Is there a brief description someplace on how "mm" vs. "active_mm" in
|
||||
> the task_struct are supposed to be used? (My apologies if this was
|
||||
> discussed on the mailing lists---I just returned from vacation and
|
||||
> wasn't able to follow linux-kernel for a while).
|
||||
|
||||
Basically, the new setup is:
|
||||
|
||||
- we have "real address spaces" and "anonymous address spaces". The
|
||||
difference is that an anonymous address space doesn't care about the
|
||||
user-level page tables at all, so when we do a context switch into an
|
||||
anonymous address space we just leave the previous address space
|
||||
active.
|
||||
|
||||
The obvious use for a "anonymous address space" is any thread that
|
||||
doesn't need any user mappings - all kernel threads basically fall into
|
||||
this category, but even "real" threads can temporarily say that for
|
||||
some amount of time they are not going to be interested in user space,
|
||||
and that the scheduler might as well try to avoid wasting time on
|
||||
switching the VM state around. Currently only the old-style bdflush
|
||||
sync does that.
|
||||
|
||||
- "tsk->mm" points to the "real address space". For an anonymous process,
|
||||
tsk->mm will be NULL, for the logical reason that an anonymous process
|
||||
really doesn't _have_ a real address space at all.
|
||||
|
||||
- however, we obviously need to keep track of which address space we
|
||||
"stole" for such an anonymous user. For that, we have "tsk->active_mm",
|
||||
which shows what the currently active address space is.
|
||||
|
||||
The rule is that for a process with a real address space (ie tsk->mm is
|
||||
non-NULL) the active_mm obviously always has to be the same as the real
|
||||
one.
|
||||
|
||||
For a anonymous process, tsk->mm == NULL, and tsk->active_mm is the
|
||||
"borrowed" mm while the anonymous process is running. When the
|
||||
anonymous process gets scheduled away, the borrowed address space is
|
||||
returned and cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
To support all that, the "struct mm_struct" now has two counters: a
|
||||
"mm_users" counter that is how many "real address space users" there are,
|
||||
and a "mm_count" counter that is the number of "lazy" users (ie anonymous
|
||||
users) plus one if there are any real users.
|
||||
|
||||
Usually there is at least one real user, but it could be that the real
|
||||
user exited on another CPU while a lazy user was still active, so you do
|
||||
actually get cases where you have a address space that is _only_ used by
|
||||
lazy users. That is often a short-lived state, because once that thread
|
||||
gets scheduled away in favour of a real thread, the "zombie" mm gets
|
||||
released because "mm_users" becomes zero.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, a new rule is that _nobody_ ever has "init_mm" as a real MM any
|
||||
more. "init_mm" should be considered just a "lazy context when no other
|
||||
context is available", and in fact it is mainly used just at bootup when
|
||||
no real VM has yet been created. So code that used to check
|
||||
|
||||
if (current->mm == &init_mm)
|
||||
|
||||
should generally just do
|
||||
|
||||
if (!current->mm)
|
||||
|
||||
instead (which makes more sense anyway - the test is basically one of "do
|
||||
we have a user context", and is generally done by the page fault handler
|
||||
and things like that).
|
||||
|
||||
Anyway, I put a pre-patch-2.3.13-1 on ftp.kernel.org just a moment ago,
|
||||
because it slightly changes the interfaces to accomodate the alpha (who
|
||||
would have thought it, but the alpha actually ends up having one of the
|
||||
ugliest context switch codes - unlike the other architectures where the MM
|
||||
and register state is separate, the alpha PALcode joins the two, and you
|
||||
need to switch both together).
|
||||
|
||||
(From http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=93337278602211&w=2)
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1801
MAINTAINERS
1801
MAINTAINERS
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
29
Makefile
29
Makefile
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
|||
VERSION = 2
|
||||
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 29
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION =
|
||||
NAME = Temporary Tasmanian Devil
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 30
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION = -rc6
|
||||
NAME = Vindictive Armadillo
|
||||
|
||||
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
||||
# To see a list of typical targets execute "make help"
|
||||
|
@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ SUBARCH := $(shell uname -m | sed -e s/i.86/i386/ -e s/sun4u/sparc64/ \
|
|||
-e s/arm.*/arm/ -e s/sa110/arm/ \
|
||||
-e s/s390x/s390/ -e s/parisc64/parisc/ \
|
||||
-e s/ppc.*/powerpc/ -e s/mips.*/mips/ \
|
||||
-e s/sh.*/sh/ )
|
||||
-e s/sh[234].*/sh/ )
|
||||
|
||||
# Cross compiling and selecting different set of gcc/bin-utils
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -210,6 +210,11 @@ ifeq ($(ARCH),sparc64)
|
|||
SRCARCH := sparc
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional ARCH settings for sh
|
||||
ifeq ($(ARCH),sh64)
|
||||
SRCARCH := sh
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Where to locate arch specific headers
|
||||
hdr-arch := $(SRCARCH)
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -567,7 +572,7 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-Wdeclaration-after-statement,)
|
|||
# disable pointer signed / unsigned warnings in gcc 4.0
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-Wno-pointer-sign,)
|
||||
|
||||
# disable invalid "can't wrap" optimzations for signed / pointers
|
||||
# disable invalid "can't wrap" optimizations for signed / pointers
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-fwrapv)
|
||||
|
||||
# revert to pre-gcc-4.4 behaviour of .eh_frame
|
||||
|
@ -597,6 +602,10 @@ LDFLAGS_BUILD_ID = $(patsubst -Wl$(comma)%,%,\
|
|||
LDFLAGS_MODULE += $(LDFLAGS_BUILD_ID)
|
||||
LDFLAGS_vmlinux += $(LDFLAGS_BUILD_ID)
|
||||
|
||||
ifeq ($(CONFIG_STRIP_ASM_SYMS),y)
|
||||
LDFLAGS_vmlinux += -X
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Default kernel image to build when no specific target is given.
|
||||
# KBUILD_IMAGE may be overruled on the command line or
|
||||
# set in the environment
|
||||
|
@ -1191,7 +1200,7 @@ CLEAN_FILES += vmlinux System.map \
|
|||
.tmp_kallsyms* .tmp_version .tmp_vmlinux* .tmp_System.map
|
||||
|
||||
# Directories & files removed with 'make mrproper'
|
||||
MRPROPER_DIRS += include/config include2 usr/include
|
||||
MRPROPER_DIRS += include/config include2 usr/include include/generated
|
||||
MRPROPER_FILES += .config .config.old include/asm .version .old_version \
|
||||
include/linux/autoconf.h include/linux/version.h \
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h \
|
||||
|
@ -1284,7 +1293,7 @@ help:
|
|||
@echo ' dir/ - Build all files in dir and below'
|
||||
@echo ' dir/file.[ois] - Build specified target only'
|
||||
@echo ' dir/file.ko - Build module including final link'
|
||||
@echo ' prepare - Set up for building external modules'
|
||||
@echo ' modules_prepare - Set up for building external modules'
|
||||
@echo ' tags/TAGS - Generate tags file for editors'
|
||||
@echo ' cscope - Generate cscope index'
|
||||
@echo ' kernelrelease - Output the release version string'
|
||||
|
@ -1412,7 +1421,9 @@ $(clean-dirs):
|
|||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(clean)=$(patsubst _clean_%,%,$@)
|
||||
|
||||
clean: rm-dirs := $(MODVERDIR)
|
||||
clean: rm-files := $(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/Module.symvers
|
||||
clean: rm-files := $(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/Module.symvers \
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/Module.markers \
|
||||
$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)/modules.order
|
||||
clean: $(clean-dirs)
|
||||
$(call cmd,rmdirs)
|
||||
$(call cmd,rmfiles)
|
||||
|
@ -1587,5 +1598,5 @@ PHONY += FORCE
|
|||
FORCE:
|
||||
|
||||
# Declare the contents of the .PHONY variable as phony. We keep that
|
||||
# information in a variable se we can use it in if_changed and friends.
|
||||
# information in a variable so we can use it in if_changed and friends.
|
||||
.PHONY: $(PHONY)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ config OPROFILE
|
|||
tristate "OProfile system profiling (EXPERIMENTAL)"
|
||||
depends on PROFILING
|
||||
depends on HAVE_OPROFILE
|
||||
depends on TRACING_SUPPORT
|
||||
select TRACING
|
||||
select RING_BUFFER
|
||||
help
|
||||
|
@ -108,3 +109,6 @@ config HAVE_CLK
|
|||
|
||||
config HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
config HAVE_DEFAULT_NO_SPIN_MUTEXES
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,11 +16,13 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("wmb": : :"memory")
|
|||
__asm__ __volatile__("mb": : :"memory")
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
#define __ASM_SMP_MB "\tmb\n"
|
||||
#define smp_mb() mb()
|
||||
#define smp_rmb() rmb()
|
||||
#define smp_wmb() wmb()
|
||||
#define smp_read_barrier_depends() read_barrier_depends()
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __ASM_SMP_MB
|
||||
#define smp_mb() barrier()
|
||||
#define smp_rmb() barrier()
|
||||
#define smp_wmb() barrier()
|
||||
|
|
1
arch/alpha/include/asm/ftrace.h
Normal file
1
arch/alpha/include/asm/ftrace.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|||
/* empty */
|
|
@ -1,6 +1,116 @@
|
|||
#ifndef _ASM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#define _ASM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ASM_ALPHA_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#define _ASM_ALPHA_FUTEX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm-generic/futex.h>
|
||||
#ifdef __KERNEL__
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <linux/futex.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/uaccess.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/barrier.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define __futex_atomic_op(insn, ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
__ASM_SMP_MB \
|
||||
"1: ldl_l %0,0(%2)\n" \
|
||||
insn \
|
||||
"2: stl_c %1,0(%2)\n" \
|
||||
" beq %1,4f\n" \
|
||||
" mov $31,%1\n" \
|
||||
"3: .subsection 2\n" \
|
||||
"4: br 1b\n" \
|
||||
" .previous\n" \
|
||||
" .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \
|
||||
" .long 1b-.\n" \
|
||||
" lda $31,3b-1b(%1)\n" \
|
||||
" .long 2b-.\n" \
|
||||
" lda $31,3b-2b(%1)\n" \
|
||||
" .previous\n" \
|
||||
: "=&r" (oldval), "=&r"(ret) \
|
||||
: "r" (uaddr), "r"(oparg) \
|
||||
: "memory")
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int futex_atomic_op_inuser (int encoded_op, int __user *uaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int op = (encoded_op >> 28) & 7;
|
||||
int cmp = (encoded_op >> 24) & 15;
|
||||
int oparg = (encoded_op << 8) >> 20;
|
||||
int cmparg = (encoded_op << 20) >> 20;
|
||||
int oldval = 0, ret;
|
||||
if (encoded_op & (FUTEX_OP_OPARG_SHIFT << 28))
|
||||
oparg = 1 << oparg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, uaddr, sizeof(int)))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
switch (op) {
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_SET:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("mov %3,%1\n", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_ADD:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("addl %0,%3,%1\n", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_OR:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("or %0,%3,%1\n", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_ANDN:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("andnot %0,%3,%1\n", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_XOR:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("xor %0,%3,%1\n", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
ret = -ENOSYS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_enable();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ret) {
|
||||
switch (cmp) {
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_EQ: ret = (oldval == cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_NE: ret = (oldval != cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_LT: ret = (oldval < cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_GE: ret = (oldval >= cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_LE: ret = (oldval <= cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_GT: ret = (oldval > cmparg); break;
|
||||
default: ret = -ENOSYS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
futex_atomic_cmpxchg_inatomic(int __user *uaddr, int oldval, int newval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int prev, cmp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, uaddr, sizeof(int)))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__ (
|
||||
__ASM_SMP_MB
|
||||
"1: ldl_l %0,0(%2)\n"
|
||||
" cmpeq %0,%3,%1\n"
|
||||
" beq %1,3f\n"
|
||||
" mov %4,%1\n"
|
||||
"2: stl_c %1,0(%2)\n"
|
||||
" beq %1,4f\n"
|
||||
"3: .subsection 2\n"
|
||||
"4: br 1b\n"
|
||||
" .previous\n"
|
||||
" .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n"
|
||||
" .long 1b-.\n"
|
||||
" lda $31,3b-1b(%0)\n"
|
||||
" .long 2b-.\n"
|
||||
" lda $31,3b-2b(%0)\n"
|
||||
" .previous\n"
|
||||
: "=&r"(prev), "=&r"(cmp)
|
||||
: "r"(uaddr), "r"((long)oldval), "r"(newval)
|
||||
: "memory");
|
||||
|
||||
return prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
|
||||
#endif /* _ASM_ALPHA_FUTEX_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -14,17 +14,4 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
|
||||
void ack_bad_irq(unsigned int irq);
|
||||
|
||||
#define HARDIRQ_BITS 12
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The hardirq mask has to be large enough to have
|
||||
* space for potentially nestable IRQ sources in the system
|
||||
* to nest on a single CPU. On Alpha, interrupts are masked at the CPU
|
||||
* by IPL as well as at the system level. We only have 8 IPLs (UNIX PALcode)
|
||||
* so we really only have 8 nestable IRQs, but allow some overhead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (1 << HARDIRQ_BITS) < 16
|
||||
#error HARDIRQ_BITS is too low!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPHA_HARDIRQ_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
|
|||
#ifndef __ALPHA_PERCPU_H
|
||||
#define __ALPHA_PERCPU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/threads.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/percpu-defs.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Determine the real variable name from the name visible in the
|
||||
|
@ -73,6 +75,28 @@ extern unsigned long __per_cpu_offset[NR_CPUS];
|
|||
|
||||
#endif /* SMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DECLARE_PER_CPU(type, name) extern __typeof__(type) per_cpu_var(name)
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_BASE_SECTION ".data.percpu"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_BASE_SECTION ".data"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MODULE
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_SHARED_ALIGNED_SECTION ""
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_SHARED_ALIGNED_SECTION ".shared_aligned"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_FIRST_SECTION ".first"
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_SHARED_ALIGNED_SECTION ""
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_FIRST_SECTION ""
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define PER_CPU_ATTRIBUTES
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ALPHA_PERCPU_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -507,5 +507,7 @@ struct exception_table_entry
|
|||
(pc) + (_fixup)->fixup.bits.nextinsn; \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define ARCH_HAS_SORT_EXTABLE
|
||||
#define ARCH_HAS_SEARCH_EXTABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ALPHA_UACCESS_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ EXTRA_CFLAGS := -Werror -Wno-sign-compare
|
|||
|
||||
obj-y := entry.o traps.o process.o init_task.o osf_sys.o irq.o \
|
||||
irq_alpha.o signal.o setup.o ptrace.o time.o \
|
||||
alpha_ksyms.o systbls.o err_common.o io.o binfmt_loader.o
|
||||
alpha_ksyms.o systbls.o err_common.o io.o
|
||||
|
||||
obj-$(CONFIG_VGA_HOSE) += console.o
|
||||
obj-$(CONFIG_SMP) += smp.o
|
||||
|
@ -43,6 +43,10 @@ else
|
|||
# Misc support
|
||||
obj-$(CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM) += srmcons.o
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT
|
||||
obj-y += binfmt_loader.o
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Core logic support
|
||||
obj-$(CONFIG_ALPHA_APECS) += core_apecs.o
|
||||
obj-$(CONFIG_ALPHA_CIA) += core_cia.o
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ static struct linux_binfmt loader_format = {
|
|||
|
||||
static int __init init_loader_binfmt(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return register_binfmt(&loader_format);
|
||||
return insert_binfmt(&loader_format);
|
||||
}
|
||||
arch_initcall(init_loader_binfmt);
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ev6_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *mchk_header, int print)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ev6_machine_check(u64 vector, u64 la_ptr)
|
||||
ev6_machine_check(unsigned long vector, unsigned long la_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct el_common *mchk_header = (struct el_common *)la_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ ev7_collect_logout_frame_subpackets(struct el_subpacket *el_ptr,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ev7_machine_check(u64 vector, u64 la_ptr)
|
||||
ev7_machine_check(unsigned long vector, unsigned long la_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct el_subpacket *el_ptr = (struct el_subpacket *)la_ptr;
|
||||
char *saved_err_prefix = err_print_prefix;
|
||||
|
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ ev7_process_pal_subpacket(struct el_subpacket *header)
|
|||
|
||||
switch(header->type) {
|
||||
case EL_TYPE__PAL__LOGOUT_FRAME:
|
||||
printk("%s*** MCHK occurred on LPID %ld (RBOX %llx)\n",
|
||||
printk("%s*** MCHK occurred on LPID %lld (RBOX %llx)\n",
|
||||
err_print_prefix,
|
||||
packet->by_type.logout.whami,
|
||||
packet->by_type.logout.rbox_whami);
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -60,26 +60,26 @@ extern struct ev7_lf_subpackets *
|
|||
ev7_collect_logout_frame_subpackets(struct el_subpacket *,
|
||||
struct ev7_lf_subpackets *);
|
||||
extern void ev7_register_error_handlers(void);
|
||||
extern void ev7_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void ev7_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* err_ev6.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void ev6_register_error_handlers(void);
|
||||
extern int ev6_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *, int);
|
||||
extern void ev6_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void ev6_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* err_marvel.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void marvel_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void marvel_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
extern void marvel_register_error_handlers(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* err_titan.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int titan_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *, int);
|
||||
extern void titan_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void titan_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
extern void titan_register_error_handlers(void);
|
||||
extern int privateer_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *, int);
|
||||
extern void privateer_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void privateer_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ marvel_process_logout_frame(struct ev7_lf_subpackets *lf_subpackets, int print)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
marvel_machine_check(u64 vector, u64 la_ptr)
|
||||
marvel_machine_check(unsigned long vector, unsigned long la_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct el_subpacket *el_ptr = (struct el_subpacket *)la_ptr;
|
||||
int (*process_frame)(struct ev7_lf_subpackets *, int) = NULL;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ titan_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *mchk_header, int print)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
titan_machine_check(u64 vector, u64 la_ptr)
|
||||
titan_machine_check(unsigned long vector, unsigned long la_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct el_common *mchk_header = (struct el_common *)la_ptr;
|
||||
struct el_TITAN_sysdata_mcheck *tmchk =
|
||||
|
@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ privateer_process_logout_frame(struct el_common *mchk_header, int print)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
privateer_machine_check(u64 vector, u64 la_ptr)
|
||||
privateer_machine_check(unsigned long vector, unsigned long la_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct el_common *mchk_header = (struct el_common *)la_ptr;
|
||||
struct el_TITAN_sysdata_mcheck *tmchk =
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -7,10 +7,11 @@
|
|||
* the kernel global pointer and jump to the kernel entry-point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
.section .text.head, "ax"
|
||||
__HEAD
|
||||
.globl swapper_pg_dir
|
||||
.globl _stext
|
||||
swapper_pg_dir=SWAPPER_PGD
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ extern void cia_pci_tbi(struct pci_controller *, dma_addr_t, dma_addr_t);
|
|||
extern struct pci_ops irongate_pci_ops;
|
||||
extern int irongate_pci_clr_err(void);
|
||||
extern void irongate_init_arch(void);
|
||||
extern void irongate_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
#define irongate_pci_tbi ((void *)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* core_lca.c */
|
||||
|
@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ extern void lca_pci_tbi(struct pci_controller *, dma_addr_t, dma_addr_t);
|
|||
extern struct pci_ops marvel_pci_ops;
|
||||
extern void marvel_init_arch(void);
|
||||
extern void marvel_kill_arch(int);
|
||||
extern void marvel_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void marvel_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
extern void marvel_pci_tbi(struct pci_controller *, dma_addr_t, dma_addr_t);
|
||||
extern int marvel_pa_to_nid(unsigned long);
|
||||
extern int marvel_cpuid_to_nid(int);
|
||||
|
@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ extern void t2_pci_tbi(struct pci_controller *, dma_addr_t, dma_addr_t);
|
|||
extern struct pci_ops titan_pci_ops;
|
||||
extern void titan_init_arch(void);
|
||||
extern void titan_kill_arch(int);
|
||||
extern void titan_machine_check(u64, u64);
|
||||
extern void titan_machine_check(unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
extern void titan_pci_tbi(struct pci_controller *, dma_addr_t, dma_addr_t);
|
||||
extern struct _alpha_agp_info *titan_agp_info(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ SECTIONS
|
|||
|
||||
_text = .; /* Text and read-only data */
|
||||
.text : {
|
||||
*(.text.head)
|
||||
HEAD_TEXT
|
||||
TEXT_TEXT
|
||||
SCHED_TEXT
|
||||
LOCK_TEXT
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -3,11 +3,49 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/sort.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long ex_to_addr(const struct exception_table_entry *x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (unsigned long)&x->insn + x->insn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void swap_ex(void *a, void *b, int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct exception_table_entry *ex_a = a, *ex_b = b;
|
||||
unsigned long addr_a = ex_to_addr(ex_a), addr_b = ex_to_addr(ex_b);
|
||||
unsigned int t = ex_a->fixup.unit;
|
||||
|
||||
ex_a->fixup.unit = ex_b->fixup.unit;
|
||||
ex_b->fixup.unit = t;
|
||||
ex_a->insn = (int)(addr_b - (unsigned long)&ex_a->insn);
|
||||
ex_b->insn = (int)(addr_a - (unsigned long)&ex_b->insn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The exception table needs to be sorted so that the binary
|
||||
* search that we use to find entries in it works properly.
|
||||
* This is used both for the kernel exception table and for
|
||||
* the exception tables of modules that get loaded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int cmp_ex(const void *a, const void *b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const struct exception_table_entry *x = a, *y = b;
|
||||
|
||||
/* avoid overflow */
|
||||
if (ex_to_addr(x) > ex_to_addr(y))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
if (ex_to_addr(x) < ex_to_addr(y))
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void sort_extable(struct exception_table_entry *start,
|
||||
struct exception_table_entry *finish)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sort(start, finish - start, sizeof(struct exception_table_entry),
|
||||
cmp_ex, swap_ex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const struct exception_table_entry *
|
||||
|
@ -20,7 +58,7 @@ search_extable(const struct exception_table_entry *first,
|
|||
unsigned long mid_value;
|
||||
|
||||
mid = (last - first) / 2 + first;
|
||||
mid_value = (unsigned long)&mid->insn + mid->insn;
|
||||
mid_value = ex_to_addr(mid);
|
||||
if (mid_value == value)
|
||||
return mid;
|
||||
else if (mid_value < value)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -454,6 +454,7 @@ config ARCH_MXC
|
|||
select ARCH_MTD_XIP
|
||||
select GENERIC_GPIO
|
||||
select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Freescale MXC/iMX-based family of processors
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -486,8 +487,6 @@ config ARCH_PXA
|
|||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
select COMMON_CLKDEV
|
||||
select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
select COMMON_CLKDEV
|
||||
select GENERIC_TIME
|
||||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
select TICK_ONESHOT
|
||||
|
@ -585,6 +584,8 @@ config ARCH_DAVINCI
|
|||
select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
select ZONE_DMA
|
||||
select HAVE_IDE
|
||||
select COMMON_CLKDEV
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for TI's DaVinci platform.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -740,6 +741,56 @@ if !MMU
|
|||
source "arch/arm/Kconfig-nommu"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_411920
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Invalidation of the Instruction Cache operation can fail"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V6 && !SMP
|
||||
help
|
||||
Invalidation of the Instruction Cache operation can
|
||||
fail. This erratum is present in 1136 (before r1p4), 1156 and 1176.
|
||||
It does not affect the MPCore. This option enables the ARM Ltd.
|
||||
recommended workaround.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_430973
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Stale prediction on replaced interworking branch"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V7
|
||||
help
|
||||
This option enables the workaround for the 430973 Cortex-A8
|
||||
(r1p0..r1p2) erratum. If a code sequence containing an ARM/Thumb
|
||||
interworking branch is replaced with another code sequence at the
|
||||
same virtual address, whether due to self-modifying code or virtual
|
||||
to physical address re-mapping, Cortex-A8 does not recover from the
|
||||
stale interworking branch prediction. This results in Cortex-A8
|
||||
executing the new code sequence in the incorrect ARM or Thumb state.
|
||||
The workaround enables the BTB/BTAC operations by setting ACTLR.IBE
|
||||
and also flushes the branch target cache at every context switch.
|
||||
Note that setting specific bits in the ACTLR register may not be
|
||||
available in non-secure mode.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_458693
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Processor deadlock when a false hazard is created"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V7
|
||||
help
|
||||
This option enables the workaround for the 458693 Cortex-A8 (r2p0)
|
||||
erratum. For very specific sequences of memory operations, it is
|
||||
possible for a hazard condition intended for a cache line to instead
|
||||
be incorrectly associated with a different cache line. This false
|
||||
hazard might then cause a processor deadlock. The workaround enables
|
||||
the L1 caching of the NEON accesses and disables the PLD instruction
|
||||
in the ACTLR register. Note that setting specific bits in the ACTLR
|
||||
register may not be available in non-secure mode.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_460075
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Data written to the L2 cache can be overwritten with stale data"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V7
|
||||
help
|
||||
This option enables the workaround for the 460075 Cortex-A8 (r2p0)
|
||||
erratum. Any asynchronous access to the L2 cache may encounter a
|
||||
situation in which recent store transactions to the L2 cache are lost
|
||||
and overwritten with stale memory contents from external memory. The
|
||||
workaround disables the write-allocate mode for the L2 cache via the
|
||||
ACTLR register. Note that setting specific bits in the ACTLR register
|
||||
may not be available in non-secure mode.
|
||||
|
||||
endmenu
|
||||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/common/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
@ -1171,12 +1222,6 @@ config CPU_FREQ_IMX
|
|||
|
||||
If in doubt, say N.
|
||||
|
||||
config CPU_FREQ_PXA
|
||||
bool
|
||||
depends on CPU_FREQ && ARCH_PXA && PXA25x
|
||||
default y
|
||||
select CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_USERSPACE
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/cpuidle/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,7 +18,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
unsigned int __machine_arch_type;
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/compiler.h> /* for inline */
|
||||
#include <linux/types.h> /* for size_t */
|
||||
#include <linux/stddef.h> /* for NULL */
|
||||
#include <asm/string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STANDALONE_DEBUG
|
||||
#define putstr printf
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -85,12 +85,11 @@ void __init vic_init(void __iomem *base, unsigned int irq_start,
|
|||
writel(32, base + VIC_PL190_DEF_VECT_ADDR);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
|
||||
unsigned int irq = irq_start + i;
|
||||
|
||||
set_irq_chip(irq, &vic_chip);
|
||||
set_irq_chip_data(irq, base);
|
||||
|
||||
if (vic_sources & (1 << i)) {
|
||||
unsigned int irq = irq_start + i;
|
||||
|
||||
set_irq_chip(irq, &vic_chip);
|
||||
set_irq_chip_data(irq, base);
|
||||
set_irq_handler(irq, handle_level_irq);
|
||||
set_irq_flags(irq, IRQF_VALID | IRQF_PROBE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
1784
arch/arm/configs/davinci_all_defconfig
Normal file
1784
arch/arm/configs/davinci_all_defconfig
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.26-rc6
|
||||
# Fri Jun 20 16:29:34 2008
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORTS_APM_EMULATION=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_GPIO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_TIME=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMU=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NO_IOPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCKDEP_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U32 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U64 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_AOUT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ZONE_DMA=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MTD_XIP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VECTORS_BASE=0xffff0000
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# General setup
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCK_KERNEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SWAP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TASKSTATS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
|
||||
# CONFIG_CGROUPS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GROUP_SCHED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RELAY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NAMESPACES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EMBEDDED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_UID16=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL_CHECK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HOTPLUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PRINTK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ELF_CORE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ANON_INODES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SIGNALFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TIMERFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EVENTFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SLAB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLUB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLOB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MARKERS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_OPROFILE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KPROBES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_KRETPROBES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_ATTRS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SLABINFO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_LOAD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KMOD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LSF is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IO Schedulers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_AS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEADLINE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_CFQ is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_NOOP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="noop"
|
||||
CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# System Type
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_AAEC2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_REALVIEW is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_AT91 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP93XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_NETX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP13XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP32X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP33X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP23XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_KS8695 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_NS9XXX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MXC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_ORION5X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PNX4008 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DAVINCI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_MSM7X00A is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Boot options
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Power management
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Freescale MXC Implementations
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MX2=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_MX3 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MX2 family CPU support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX27=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MX2 Platforms
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX27ADS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_PCM038 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Processor Type
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_ARM926T=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5TJ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_PABRT_NOIFAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_COPY_V4WB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CP15=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CP15_MMU=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Processor Features
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM_THUMB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_ICACHE_DISABLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_DISABLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_WRITETHROUGH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_ROUND_ROBIN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OUTER_CACHE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Bus support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PCI_SYSCALL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_MSI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kernel Features
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_TICK_ONESHOT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BUILD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PREEMPT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HZ=100
|
||||
CONFIG_AEABI=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_OABI_COMPAT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM_MANUAL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4096
|
||||
# CONFIG_RESOURCES_64BIT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ZONE_DMA_FLAG=1
|
||||
CONFIG_BOUNCE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VIRT_TO_BUS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Boot options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
|
||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
|
||||
CONFIG_CMDLINE=""
|
||||
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEXEC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Floating point emulation
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# At least one emulation must be selected
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VFP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Userspace binary formats
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Power management options
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_BEET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_LRO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_DIAG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_CUBIC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_TCP_CONG="cubic"
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETWORK_SECMARK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_DCCP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TIPC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AF_RXRPC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wireless
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_CFG80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MAC80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IEEE80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RFKILL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_9P is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generic Driver Options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug"
|
||||
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYS_HYPERVISOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CONNECTOR is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_AR7_PARTS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# User Modules And Translation Layers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BLKDEVS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RFD_FTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SSFDC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_OOPS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_BE_BYTE_SWAP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_LE_BYTE_SWAP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_OTP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mapping drivers for chip access
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0x00000000
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x0
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=2
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PLATRAM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ONENAND is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# UBI - Unsorted block images
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_UBI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MISC_DEVICES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCSI device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI_DMA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI_NETLINK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETDEVICES_MULTIQUEUE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACVLAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VETH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PHYLIB is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MII is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AX88796 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SMC91X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DM9000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IBM_NEW_EMAC_ZMII is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IBM_NEW_EMAC_RGMII is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IBM_NEW_EMAC_TAH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IBM_NEW_EMAC_EMAC4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_B44 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FEC_OLD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETDEV_1000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETDEV_10000 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wireless LAN
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_WLAN_PRE80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WLAN_80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IWLWIFI_LEDS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PPP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Input device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_FF_MEMLESS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_POLLDEV is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Userland interfaces
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Input Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_TABLET is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_FUJITSU is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_GUNZE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_ELO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_MTOUCH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_MK712 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_PENMOUNT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_TOUCHRIGHT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_TOUCHWIN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_UCB1400 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Hardware I/O ports
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Character devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEVKMEM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Serial drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Non-8250 serial port support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_IMX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPI is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_GPIO_LIB=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GPIO Support
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C GPIO expanders:
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI GPIO expanders:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_W1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sonics Silicon Backplane
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_SSB_POSSIBLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SSB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multifunction device drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_SM501 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_ASIC3 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HTC_EGPIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HTC_PASIC3 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia core support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DVB_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_MEDIA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_DAB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Graphics support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGASTATE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Display device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_DISPLAY_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sound
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NEW_LEDS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_LIB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_CLASS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UIO is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File systems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT4DEV_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OCFS2_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DNOTIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INOTIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FUSE_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Pseudo filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TMPFS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Miscellaneous filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_WRITEBUFFER=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_WBUF_VERIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_SUMMARY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_XATTR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_LZO is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_RUBIN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFSD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SUNRPC_BIND34 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CIFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Partition Types
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="iso8859-1"
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ASCII is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DLM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kernel hacking
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ENABLE_MUST_CHECK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAME_WARN=1024
|
||||
# CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HEADERS_CHECK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SAMPLES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_USER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Security options
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SECURITY_FILE_CAPABILITIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Library routines
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_BITREVERSE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_NEXT_BIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC16 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC_ITU_T is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_CRC32=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC7 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PLIST=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_IOPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_DMA=y
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue